Home

User Manual

1. 0 eee eect eee eee eee eens 17 Connect tothe ModemiROuter 32525cccecceqatues puaaweeneeeessesas 18 Connect to the Modem Router Through an Ethernet Cable 18 Join the WiFi Network of the Modem Router 000eee eens 18 Types Of LOGINS wivcvswsrcesdqn nen dapionnendeedpeweriwetededed eee oews 19 Automatic Internet SetuP ccs4ssacavrsasetedegubeeteeebeeteteded aoks 20 Set Up Your Modem Router for DSL Service ccc cece ee ees 21 DSL SERVICE s0 5 525 E AEE PEE nedienecneeea toes pacieaaasbae asians 21 Cable the Modem Router for DSL Service and Access the Modem Router 22 Set Up Your Modem Router for Cable or Fiber Service 0065 29 Log In to the Modem Router After Setup to View or Change Settings 35 CHANGE the LANGUAGE song egiewie detect ta we be ervee eke ad wba dare ra ua aaa 37 Changetheadmin Password iii coc i dodiwodagadatea daa aud bank dee darees 37 Set Up Password ReCOVery c ccc0scss sresminnneewewewgmewodenaee en yews 38 Let the Modem Router Automatically Update Its Firmware 39 Access the Modem Router with the NETGEAR genie App 40 Chapter 3 Manage the Internet Settings Manually Use the Internet Setup Wizard After Initial Setup 006 42 Manually Set Up an ADSL Internet Connection 0 00 47 Specify an ADSL Connection Without a Login Requirement 47 Specify an ADSL Connection with a Log
2. Field Description Priority QoS Policy for Enter a name for the QoS rule Priority Select the priority Highest High Normal or Low that must be assigned to the application or game Optimize Performance 144 Vv AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Field Description Specified Port Range Connection Type Select the protocol TCP or UDP that is associated with the application or game If you are unsure select TCP UDP Starting Port Enter the start port number for the application or game Ending Port Enter the end port number for the application or game 10 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved The new rule is added to the table on the QoS Priority Rule list page However if you restart the modem router the QoS rule is removed 11 On the QoS Priority Rule list page click the Apply button Your settings are saved and the new QoS rule remains available after you restart the modem router Create a Custom QoS Rule for a Modem Router LAN Port You can add a custom QoS rule that applies only to a specific LAN port of the modem router The rule affects any device that is connected to the LAN port To create a QoS policy for a LAN port of the modem router 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name a
3. The page that displays might ask you if you need the Setup Wizard to do a full scan to find the PVC protocol If this page does not display continue with the next step Do you need Setup Wizard to do full scan to find the PVC Protocol Yes This will take approximotely 1 to 6 minutes No want to configure the router myself Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 25 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Do the following a Select the Yes radio button b Click the Next button The Setup Wizard performs a full scan which might take up to six minutes This takes approximately 1 to 6 minutes 19 Only if the following page displays Specify how to manage problems with the detection of the Internet connection The page that might display states that a problem occurred while the wizard was detecting the Internet connection If this page does not display continue with the next step Problem Detecting the Internet Connection This is most likely due to one of the following reasons 1 The modem was not power cycled during the cabling step To solve this problem power cycle the modem turn it off and on To power cycle a modem with battery backup you might need to remove and reinsert its battery After the power cycle wait 2 minutes for the modem to completely start up 2 The yellow Ethernet cable is not fully inserted or is inserted in the wrong place To solve this problem
4. Manage the Internet Settings Manually 74 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Field Description Use Computer MAC Address The modem router captures and uses the MAC address of the computer that you are now using You must use the one computer that is registered by the ISP Use This MAC Address Enter the MAC address that you want to use By default the field displays the MAC address of the Internet port 12 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved 13 Click the Test button to test your Internet connection If the NETGEAR website does not display within one minute see Troubleshoot the Internet Connection on page 278 Specify an IPv6 Internet Connection If you want to use an IPv6 Internet connection you must specify the settings manually NETGEAR genie does not detect an IPv6 Internet connection automatically IPv6 Internet Connections and IPv6 Addresses The modem router can support an IPv6 Internet connection through the following connection types e Auto Detect For more information see Set Up an IPv6 Connection Through Auto Detect on page 76 e 6to4 tunnel For more information see Set Up an IPv6 6to4 Tunnel Connection on page 78 e Pass through For more information see Set Up an IPv6 Pass Through Connection on page 79 e Fixed For more information see Set Up an IPv6 Fixed Connection on page 80 e DHCP For more information see Set Up an IPv6 DHCP Connection on pag
5. Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Security gt Block Services Control Access to the Internet 132 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard Setup USB Functions v Security Parental Controls Access Control Block Sites Block Services Schedule E mail Administration Advanced Setup ADVANCED ax E Services Blocking Never Per Schedule Always Service Table E a dT EZB EB Ee If this is the first time that you add an outbound firewall rule in the Service Blocking section specify how the modem router applies outbound rules e Per Schedule The modem router applies outbound rules according to a schedule that you set For more information see Set Up a Schedule for Keyword Blocking and Outbound Firewall Rules on page 136 e Always The modem router applies outbound rules continuously 8 Below the Service Table click the Add button Senice Type Protocol Starting Port Ending Port Service Type User Defined Filter Services For Only This IP Address IP Address Range AJl IP Addresses User Defined TCP X 1 65535 1 65535 9 From the Service Type menu select User Defined Control Access to the Internet 133 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 10 Specify a new outbound rule as described in the following table Field Descript
6. The Access Control page displays 6 Click the View list of allowed devices not currently connected to the network link o ADVANCED Home i Access Contro Setup Wizard WPS Wizard Setup You can use Access Control to allow or block computers or electronic devices from accessing your network V Turn on Access Control Access Rule This is a general rule You can also allow or block individual devices v Security Allow all new devices to connect USB Functions Parental Controls Block all new devices from connecting Access Control Block Sites e a eos Block Services Vm Saus ocvcename i Adaress maCaaress connection Te Schedule faiowea BusinessLaptop 192 168 0 2 60 66 66 DA 66 7C Administration v View list of allowed devices not currently connected to the network Ee moencenome _Yuacaasess Conscton ne DO DF 9AED DF 91 Wireless gt View list of blocked devices not currently connected to the network A table displays the detected device names MAC addresses and connection types of the devices that are not connected but allowed to access the network 7 To add a device to the allowed list do the following a Click the Add button The Add Allowed Device page displays Enter the MAC address and device name for the device that you want to allow Click the Add button on the Add Allowed Device page The device is added to the allowed list on the Access Control page
7. e Your primary Internet access is through an ADSL modem to an ISP e You use an ISDN router on your home network for connecting to the company where you are employed This router s address on your LAN is 192 168 0 100 e Your company s network address is 134 177 0 0 Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 213 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 When you first configured your modem router two implicit static routes were created A default route was created with your ISP as the gateway and a second static route was created to your local network for all 192 168 0 x addresses With this configuration if you attempt to access a device on the 134 177 0 0 network your modem router forwards your request to the ISP The ISP forwards your request to the company where you are employed and the request is likely to be denied by the company s firewall In this case you must define a static route instructing your modem router that 134 177 0 0 is accessed through the ISDN modem router at 192 168 0 100 Here is an example e Through the destination IP address and IP subnet mask specify that this static route applies to all 134 177 x x addresses e Through the gateway IP address specify that all traffic for these addresses is forwarded to the ISDN modem router at 192 168 0 100 e A metric value of 1 works fine because the ISDN modem router is on the LAN Set Up a Static Route You can add a static route to a destinatio
8. 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Port Forwarding Port Triggering The Port Forwarding Port Triggering page displays Select the Port Triggering radio button The following figure shows two port triggering rules Manage Port Forwarding and Port Triggering 268 10 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 a o ADVANCED Home Porn Fr I j Setup Wizard A WPS Wizard Setup ji Please select the service type USB Functions Port Forwarding Security Port Triggering Administration ss lt Disable Port Triggering wvAdvanced Setup Port Triggering Time out in minutes Wireless Settings Wireless AP Port cae ae Portmap Table Port Forwarding Port Tease oti e teceononimce Torrens Tornos era a o 2 Trppiewoozer TCP 58996 TCPUDP 23792 23798 192 168 0 214 VPN Service Static Routes Remote Management UPnP IPv6 Traffic Meter USB Settings Device Mode In the Port Triggering Portmap Table select the radio button next to the service or application name Click the Edit Service button The Port Triggerin
9. QoS Setup Portt Port2 WIFi 2 4G WIFI 5G Guest Network VLAN Bridge Settings Port3 i Port4 Guest2 4G Guest 5G By VLAN tag group gt USB Functions Security gt Administration Advanced Setup Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 197 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 8 Select a Wired Ports check box or a Wireless check box e If your device is connected to an Ethernet port on the modem router select the Wired Ports check box that corresponds to the Ethernet port on the modem router to which the device is connected e If your device is connected to your modem router s WiFi network select the Wireless check box that corresponds to the modem router s WiFi network to which the device is connected Note You must select at least one Wired Ports or Wireless check box You can select more than one check box 9 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Set Up a Bridge for a VLAN Tag Group If the devices that are connected to the modem router s Ethernet LAN ports or WiFi network include an IPTV device your ISP might require you to set up a bridge for a VLAN tag group If you are subscribed to IPTV service the modem router might require VLAN tags to distinguish between the Internet traffic and the IPTV traffic A bridge with a VLAN tag group prevents packets that are sent between the IPTV device and the modem router s physical Internet port from being processed through the modem
10. Set Up Parental Controls s4 64 54252 05dscnneandy ye eyes rer AEPA URES 120 Allow or Block Access to Your Network 0 00 e eee eee 121 Enable and Manage Network Access Control 000005 121 Manage Network Access Control Lists 0 0 cece eee eae 123 Use Keywords to Block Internet Sites 0 cece cee cece eee eee 126 Set Up BIOCKING c4 cesedciedas ctor sinddasdessesttagsdateceiddaahs 126 Remove a Keyword or Domain from the Blocked List 128 Remove All Keywords and Domains from the Blocked List 128 Specify a Trusted Computer 06 ceiadercenadeevardaaeaaaadadmdsardc 129 Manage Simple Outbound Firewall Rules for Services and Applications 130 Add an Outbound Firewall Rule 0 eee eee 130 Add an Outbound Firewall Rule for a Custom Service or Application 132 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Change an Outbound Firewall Rule 0 0 eee eee 134 Remove an Outbound Firewall Rule 0 0 ee eee eee 135 Set Up a Schedule for Keyword Blocking and Outbound Firewall Rules 136 Set Up Security Event Email Notifications 0 0 e eee 138 Chapter 6 Optimize Performance Optimize Traffic with Internet Access QOS 0 cece eee ee eee 141 Manage Default and Custom QoS Rules 0 eee e ee eee eee 142 View the Default QoS Rules 1 0 0 0 ccc cee cece eee nes 142 Create a
11. The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select Internet The Internet Setup page displays 6 From the Select Country menu select the country in which you use the modem router The Select Country menu is not available in all countries and might be masked out 7 From the Select Internet Service Provider menu select the Internet service provider ISP that you are using If your ISP is not in the menu select Other 8 Select the virtual interface e Internet interface From the menu above the Enable This Interface check box leave the default menu selection at Internet In most situations you only need to configure the Internet interface e IPTV interface From the menu above the Enable This Interface check box select IPTV Manage the Internet Settings Manually 71 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 If you use an IPTV device you might need to configure the IPTV interface 9 Make sure that the Enable This Interface check box is selected 10 Scroll down to the Does your Internet connection require a login section and select the Yes radio button As an example the following figure shows the settings that display when you configure a cable or fiber connection for the Internet interface and your Internet connection requires a login Home gt Wireless gt Attached Devic
12. Use the Modem Router as a Media Server 183 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Wi Videos on ReadyDLNA R8000 Groups sorted by date press ENTER to change gt To play music or view photos 1 On the TiVo select TiVo Central gt Music Photos amp Showcases 2 Select an item to play or watch In the following figure the page shows not D6400 but R8000 Podca W Phot ster SameGame A Wor T Skull amp Bones Music on ReadyDLNA R8000 yDLNA R8000 Manually add a server gt To copy TiVo files to a computer Use the TiVo Desktop accessory available at https www3 tivo com store accessories software do Use the Modem Router as a Media Server 184 Share a USB Printer The ReadySHARE Printer utility lets you share a USB printer that is connected to the USB port on your modem router You can share this USB printer among the Windows and Mac computers on your network The chapter includes the following sections Install the Printer Driver and Cable the Printer Download the ReadySHARE Printer Utility Install the ReadySHARE Printer Utility Use the Shared Printer View or Change the Status of a Printer Use the Scan Feature of a Multifunction USB Printer Change NETGEAR USB Control Center Settings 185 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Install the Printer Driver and Cable the Printer Some USB printer manufacturers for example HP and Lexma
13. gt To set up an IPv6 pass through Internet connection 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Manage the Internet Settings Manually 79 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 3 Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt IPv6 The IPv6 page displays 6 From the Internet Connection Type menu select Pass Through The page adjusts but no additional fields display 7 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Set Up an IPv6 Fixed Connection A fixed IPv6 connection is based on a static or fixed IPv6 address that your IPv6 ISP gave you Note Follow the directions that your IPv6 ISP gave you To set up a fixed IPv6 Internet connection 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt IPv6 The IPv6 page displays 6 From the Internet Connec
14. 1 oP pe iP Connect a USB storage device to the USB port on the modem router If your storage device uses a power supply you must use it when you connect the device to the modem router When you connect the storage device to the modem router s port it might take up to two minutes before the storage device is ready for sharing By default the device is available to all computers on your local area network LAN On a Mac that is connected to the network select Go gt Connect to Server In the Server Address field enter smb readyshare When prompted select the Guest radio button Click the Connect button A window automatically opens and displays the files and folders on the device To access the device from a Windows computer 1 Connect a USB storage device to the USB port on the modem router If your storage device uses a power supply you must use it when you connect the device to the modem router When you connect the storage device to the modem router s port it might take up to two minutes before the storage device is ready for sharing By default the device is available to all computers on your local area network LAN Launch a web browser from a computer that is connected to the network In the address field of the browser enter readyshare Windows file manager automatically opens and displays the files and folders on the device Share a Storage Device 158 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem R
15. 10 Depending on the type of account specify your user name or email address e Fora No IP or Dyn account in the User Name field enter the user name for your account e Fora NETGEAR account in the Email field enter the email address for your account 11 In the Password 6 32 characters field enter the password for your DDNS account 12 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved 13 To verify that your Dynamic DNS service is enabled in the modem router click the Show Status button A message displays the Dynamic DNS status Access Storage Devices Through the Internet If you connect a USB storage device to the modem router you can access the USB device through the Internet when you are not home After you gain access you can use FTP to share files on the USB device gt To access devices from a remote computer 1 Launch a web browser on a computer that is not on your home network 2 Connect to your modem router on your home network e To connect with Dynamic DNS type the DNS name To use a Dynamic DNS account you must enter the account information on the Dynamic DNS page see Set Up and Manage Dynamic DNS on page 174 e To connect without Dynamic DNS type the modem router s Internet port IP address You can view the modem router s Internet IP address on the BASIC Home page Set Up FTP Access Through the Internet If you attach a storage device to the modem router you can access the storage device fr
16. 6 From the Select Country menu select the country in which you use the modem router The Select Country menu is not available in all countries and might be masked out 7 From the Select Internet Service Provider menu select the Internet service provider ISP that you are using If your ISP is not in the menu select Other 8 From the Transfer Mode menu select ATM 9 From the DSL Mode menu select the ADSL mode that your ISP provided you e Auto The modem router detects the DSL mode automatically This is the default setting e ADSL Legacy version of ADSL Manage the Internet Settings Manually 52 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 e ADSL2 Legacy version of ADSL2 e ADSL2 ADSL2 provides the fastest downstream rates and can interoperate with ADSL2 and ADSL 10 Select the virtual interface e Internet interface From the menu above the Enable This Interface check box leave the default menu selection at Internet In most situations you only need to configure the Internet interface e IPTV interface From the menu above the Enable This Interface check box select IPTV If you use an IPTV device you might need to configure the IPTV interface 11 Make sure that the Enable This Interface check box is selected 12 Scroll down to the Does your Internet connection require a login section and select the Yes radio button As an example the following figure shows the settings that display when you
17. A login window opens 3 Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select Internet The Internet Setup page displays 6 From the Select Country menu select the country in which you use the modem router The Select Country menu is not available in all countries and might be masked out 7 From the Select Internet Service Provider menu select the Internet service provider ISP that you are using If your ISP is not in the menu select Other 8 From the Transfer Mode menu select PTM When you select PTM from the Transfer Mode menu the only option in the DSL Mode menu is VDSL2 9 Select the virtual interface e Internet interface From the menu above the Enable This Interface check box leave the default menu selection at Internet In most situations you only need to configure the Internet interface e IPTV interface From the menu above the Enable This Interface check box select IPTV If you use an IPTV device you might need to configure the IPTV interface 10 Make sure that the Enable This Interface check box is selected Manage the Internet Settings Manually 62 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 11 Scroll down to the Does your Internet connection require a login section and select the Yes radio button As an example the fo
18. DHCP range 192 168 0 2 to 192 168 0 254 DHCP starting IP address 192 168 0 2 DHCP ending IP address 192 168 0 254 DMZ Disabled Time zone e North America Pacific Standard Time e Europe GMT e Other continents Varies by region Time adjusted for daylight saving time Disabled Main WiFi network WiFi communication Enabled SSID name See product label SSID broadcast Enabled Security WPA2 PSK AES Supplemental Information 286 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Table 5 D6400 modem router factory default settings continued Feature Default Settings WiFi network key passphrase See product label Country region e North America United States e Europe Europe e Other continents Varies by region RF channel Auto The available channels depend on the region Transmission speed Operating mode Auto e Up to 300 Mbps at 2 4 GHz e Up to 1300 Mbps at 5 GHz Guest WiFi network WiFi communication Disabled SSID name e 2 4 GHz band NETGEAR Guest e 5 GHz band NETGEAR 5G Guest SSID broadcast Security Enabled None open network Allow guests to access main network Disabled General WiFi settings Radio transmission power 100 percent nonconfigurable 20 40 MHz coexistence Enabled Fragmentation length 2346 CTS RTS threshold 2347 Preamble mode Long Preamble WPS WPS capabili
19. Disabled by default If you enable this feature remote users can type ftp lt public IP address gt shares to access the USB device over the Internet and download or upload files lt public IP address gt is the external or public IP address that is assigned to the modem router for example 1 1 10 102 The default port is number 21 which you can change If you set up Dynamic DNS see Set Up and Manage Dynamic DNS on page 174 you can also type a URL domain name For example if your domain name is MyName and you use the NETGEAR DDNS server you can type ftp MyName mynetgear com to access the USB device over the Internet and download or upload files 9 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Share a Storage Device 163 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Enable FTP Access Within Your Network File Transfer Protocol FTP lets you download receive and upload send large files faster Note For information about using FTP to access a storage device over the Internet see Chapter 8 Access Storage Devices Through the Internet gt To enable FTP access within your network 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the
20. Field Description Wireless AP Displays whether the 2 4 GHz band of the guest network is enabled The WiFi LED on the front of the modem router is not affected by the status of the guest network Broadcast Name Displays whether the 2 4 GHz band of the guest network broadcasts its SSID Allow guests to see each Displays whether users of the 2 4 GHz band of the guest network are allowed to other and access my local access the main network network Guest Network 5 GHz The settings of the WiFi port for the 5 GHz band of the guest network For information about how to configure the settings of the guest network see Manage the Basic WiFi Settings and WiFi Security of the Guest Network on page 105 Name SSID The WiFi network name for the 5 GHz band of the guest network Wireless AP Displays whether the 5 GHz band of the guest network is enabled The WiFi LED on the front of the modem router is not affected by the status of the guest network Broadcast Name Displays whether the 5 GHz band of the guest network broadcasts its SSID Allow guests to see each Displays whether users of the 5 GHz band of the guest network are allowed to other and access my local access the main network network View the Traffic Statistics You can view the traffic statistics for the ports of the modem router change the polling frequency and stop traffic polling To view the traffic statistics for the ports
21. The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt IPv6 The IPv6 page displays 6 From the Internet Connection Type menu select 6to4 Tunnel LL e ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard Setup D ED EIE internet Connection Type 6to4 Tunnel v Remote 6to4 Relay Router Auto Static IP Address USB Functions Security Administration IPv6 Domain Name Server DNS Address wAdvanced Setup Wireless Settings Wireless AP Port Forwarding Port Triggering Dynamic DNS VPN Service Static Routes Remote Management UPnP Traffic Meter USB Settings Device Mode Get Automatically from ISP Use These DNS Servers Primary DNS Secondary ONS LAN Setup Router s IPv6 Address On LAN Not Available IP Address Assignment Use DHCP Server Auto Config Use This Interface ID Manage the Internet Settings Manually 78 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The modem router automatically detects the information in the Router s IPv6 Address On LAN field This field shows the IPv6 address that is acquired for the modem router s LAN interface The number after the slash is the length of the prefix which is also indicated by the underline _ under the IPv6 address 7 Select a Remote 6to4 Relay Router radio button e Auto Your modem router uses any remote relay modem router that is available on the Internet This is the default setting e Static IP
22. Types of Logins Automatic Internet Setup Set Up Your Modem Router for DSL Service Set Up Your Modem Router for Cable or Fiber Service Log In to the Modem Router After Setup to View or Change Settings Change the Language Change the admin Password Set Up Password Recovery Let the Modem Router Automatically Update Its Firmware Access the Modem Router with the NETGEAR genie App 16 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Position Your Modem Router The modem router lets you access your network anywhere within the operating range of your WiFi network However the operating distance or range of your WiFi connection can vary significantly depending on the physical placement of your modem router For example the thickness and number of walls the WiFi signal passes through can limit the range Additionally other WiFi access points in and around your home might affect your modem router s signal WiFi access points are routers repeaters WiFi range extenders and any other device that emits a WiFi signal for network access Position your modem router according to the following guidelines e Place your modem router near the center of the area where your computers and other devices operate and within line of sight to your WiFi devices e Make sure that the modem router is within reach of an AC power outlet and near Ethernet cables for wired computers e Place the modem router in an elevated location minimizing the number wal
23. VPN Service bonm lb Static Routes Remote Management Pn IPv6 Traffic Meter USB Settings Device Mode 6 Make sure that the Port Forwarding radio button is selected 7 Inthe table select the radio button next to the service or application name 8 Click the Edit Service button The Ports Custom Services page displays 9 Change the settings For more information about the settings see Add a Port Forwarding Rule with a Custom Service or Application on page 260 10 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved The changed rule displays in the table on the Port Forwarding Port Triggering page Remove a Port Forwarding Rule You can remove a port forwarding rule that you no longer need gt To remove a port forwarding rule 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Manage Port Forwarding and Port Triggering 263 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Port Forwarding Port Triggering The following figure shows two port forwarding rules Po ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard Please select the service type gt Setup Port
24. e Wrong network configuration Verify that the Ethernet card driver software and TCP IP software are both installed and configured on your computer Verify that the IP address for your modem router and your computer are correct and that the addresses are on the same subnet Test the Path from Your Computer to a Remote Device After you verify that the LAN path works correctly test the path from your computer to a remote device 1 From the Windows toolbar click the Start button and select Run 2 In the field provided enter ping n 10 IP address where P address is the IP address of a remote device such as your ISP s DNS server If the path is functioning correctly replies as described in Test the LAN Path to Your Modem Router on page 283 display If you do not receive replies do the following e Check that the IP address of your modem router is listed as the default router in your computer If the IP configuration of your computer is assigned by DHCP this information is not visible in your computer s Network Control Panel Verify that the IP address of the modem router is listed as the default router e Check that the network address of your computer the portion of the IP address specified by the netmask is different from the network address of the remote device e If your ISP assigned a host name to your computer enter that host name as the account name see Manually Set Up an ADSL Internet Connection on page 47 e
25. either change the computer to obtain an IP address automatically from the modem router through DHCP or change the IP address of the computer to a static or fixed IP address in the 192 168 0 2 192 168 0 254 range e Make sure that your computer can reach the modem router s DHCP server Recent versions of Windows and Mac OS generate and assign an IP address if the computer cannot reach a DHCP server These autogenerated addresses are in the range of 169 254 x x If your IP address is in this range check the connection from the computer to the modem router and reboot your computer e If your modem router s IP address was changed and you do not know the current IP address use an IP scanner application to detect the IP address If you still cannot find the IP address clear the modem router s configuration to factory defaults This sets the modem router s IP address to 192 168 0 1 For more information see Return the Modem Router to Its Factory Default Settings on page 224 and Factory Settings on page 286 Troubleshooting 277 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 e Make sure that Java JavaScript or ActiveX is enabled in your browser If you are using Internet Explorer click the Refresh button to be sure that the Java applet is loaded e Try quitting the browser and launching it again e Make sure that you are using the correct login information The user name is admin and the default password is password Make sure th
26. minute 1 600 Language a German Swedish French Dutch Italian Note Language setting will take effect on next execution 3 Clear the Automatically execute when logging on Windows check box 4 Click the OK button Your settings are saved Share a USB Printer 191 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Change the NETGEAR USB Control Center Language gt To change the language le Click the NETGEAR USB Control Center icon Ex The main page displays Select Tools gt Configuration The Control Center Configuration page displays From the Language menu select a language Click the OK button The next time NETGEAR USB Control Center starts the language changes Specify the Time out gt To specify the time out 1 Click the NETGEAR USB Control Center icon EN The main page displays Select Tools gt Configuration The Control Center Configuration page displays In the Timeout field type the number of minutes The time out is the number of minutes that a computer holds its connection to the printer when the connection is not being used Click the OK button Your settings are saved Share a USB Printer 192 Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings This chapter describes how you can manage the WAN and LAN network settings of the modem router The chapter includes the following sections e Change the Physical WAN Connection Preference e Enable an
27. you can view the traffic statistics and traffic status gt To view the traffic statistics and status of the traffic meter 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 239 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Traffic Meter The Traffic Meter page displays 6 Scroll down to the Internet Traffic Statistics section Internet Traffic Statistics Start Date Time Sunday 01 Mar 2015 00 00 Current Date Time Saturday 21 Mar 2015 20 51 Traffic Volume Left No limit Period Connection Time Traffic Volume Mbytes hh mm Upload Avg Download Avg Total Avg 0 00 0 00 0 00 Yesterday This week This month 0 00 0 00 0 00 imon te e Tae Ste The Internet Traffic Statistics section displays when the traffic counter was started and what the traffic balance is The table displays information about the connection time and traffic volume in MB 7 To refresh the information onscreen click the Refresh button The information onscreen is updated 8 To display more information abou
28. 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt ADVANCED Home The ADVANCED Home page displays Troubleshooting 280 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 In the Internet Port pane check that the IP Address field shows a valid IP address and that the Connection field shows PPPoE or PPPOA In the Internet Port pane click the Connection Status button The Connection Status pop up window displays Check the following e The Connection Status field shows Connected e The Connection Time field does not show 00 00 00 If all of the information is correct your PPPoE or PPPoA connection is working To reconnect if your PPPoE or PPPoA connection does not function 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt ADVANCED Home The ADVANCED Home pag
29. Advanced Setup gt Device Mode The Device Mode page displays From the Device Mode menu select Modem Modem Only The default selection is Router Modem Router Click the Apply button Your settings are saved The modem router restarts in modem only mode Disable LED Blinking or Turn Off LEDs The LEDs on the top panel of the modem router indicate activities and behavior You can disable LED blinking for network communications or turn off all LEDs except the Power LED gt To disable LED blinking or turn off the LEDs 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Enter http www routerlogin net A login window displays Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt LED Control Settings The LED Control Settings page displays By default the first radio button is selected which allows standard LED behavior For more information about LEDs see Front Panel with LEDs on page 11 Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 247 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 5 To disable blinking select the Disable blinking on Internet LED LAN LED Wireless LED and USB LED when data traffic is detected radio button Enable blinking on Internet LED LAN LED Wireless LED and USB L
30. Gateway IP Address Domain Name Server DNS Address Get Automatically from ISP Use These DNS Servers Primary DNS Secondary DNS NAT Network Address Translation Enable Disable Router MAC Address Use Default Address Use Computer MAC Address Use This MAC Address 80 37 73 C6 BB E8 DHCP Options Vendor Class Identifier String option 60 Class Identifier String option 61 Manage the Internet Settings Manually 49 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 13 Enter the ADSL settings as described in the following table Field Description Multiplexing Method Select LLC BASED or VC BASED as indicated by your ISP The multiplexing method can either be virtual circuit VC based or logical link control LLC based VPI Enter a number between 0 and 255 for the virtual circuit number for the virtual path identifier VPI as indicated by your ISP If your ISP did not provide you with a VPI setting leave the default setting 0 The VPI might be required not only for a VC based connection but also for an LLC based connection VCI Enter a number between 32 and 65535 for the virtual circuit number for the virtual channel identifier VCI as indicated by your ISP If your ISP did not provide you with a VCI setting leave the default setting 35 The VCI might be required not only for a VC based connection but also for an LLC based connection Use VLANID Select th
31. ISP assigned you for static IP address service The gateway is the ISP router to which your modem router connects Domain Name Server DNS Address The DNS server is used to look up site addresses based on their domain names Get Automatically from ISP Your ISP uses DHCP to assign your DNS servers Your ISP automatically assigns this address Use These DNS Servers If you know that your ISP does not automatically transmit DNS addresses to the modem router during login select this option and enter the IP address of your ISP primary DNS server If a secondary DNS server address is available enter it also NAT Network Address Translation NAT allows computers on your home network to share the modem router Internet connection NAT is enabled by default because it is required in most situations Select the NAT setting e Enable NAT is enabled This is the default setting Leave this setting if no reason to disable NAT exists e Disable NAT is disabled Router MAC Address The Ethernet MAC address that the modem router uses on the Internet port Some ISPs register the MAC address of the network interface card in your computer when your account is first opened They accept traffic only from the MAC address of that computer This feature allows your modem router to use your computer s MAC address also called cloning Use Default Address Use the default MAC address Use Computer MAC Address The modem router
32. Security DHCP On gt USB Functions gt Administration GED XID nnm vy Wireless Settings 2 4GHz vy Wireless Settings 5GHz Name SSID NETGEAR47 Name SSID NETGEAR47 5G Region Europe Region Europe Channel Auto 1 Channel 36 40 44 P 48 Mode Up to 145 Mbps Mode Up to 1300 Mbps Wireless AP On Wireless AP On Broadcast Name On Broadcast Name On Wi Fi Protected Setup Configured Wi Fi Protected Setup Configured gt Advanced Setup Guest Network 2 4 GHz Guest Network 5 GHz Name SSID NETGEAR Guest Name SSID NETGEAR 5G Guest Wireless AP On Broadcast Name On Wireless AP Off low guests D 000 Broadcast Name On each other and access Off Allow guests to see my local network each other and access Off my local network The information onscreen uses the following color coding e Agreen flag indicates that the Internet port is configured correctly and connected to the Internet or that a WiFi network is up and enabled e Ared xX x indicates that the Internet port is not configured and cannot get an Internet connection or that a WiFi network is down or disabled e An amber exclamation mark A indicates that the Internet port is configured but cannot get an Internet connection for example because the cable is disconnected that a WiFi network is enabled but unprotected or that another situation that requires your attention occurred The following table describes the fields of the six panes on the
33. See Change the admin Password on page 37 gt To set up remote management 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Remote Management oc ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard gt Setup Turn Remote Management On gt USB Functions Remote Management Address gt Security https 192 168 100 150 8443 gt Administration Allow Remote Access By v Advanced Setup Only This Computer Wireless Settings Wireless AP Port Forwarding Port Triggering Dynamic DNS Everyone VPN Service Static Routes Port Number UPnP IPv6 Traffic Meter USB Settings Device Mode IP Address Range 6 Select the Turn Remote Management On check box 7 In the Allow Remote Access By section specify the external IP addresses to be allowed to access the modem router s remote management Note For enhanced security restrict access to as few external IP addresses as practical Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 245 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Select one of the following radio buttons and configure the options accordingl
34. Status The link status of the port TxPkts The number of packets transmitted on this port since reset or manual clear RxPkts The number of packets received on this port since reset or manual clear Collisions The number of signal collisions that occurred on the port A collision occurs when the port attempts to send data at the same time as the device that is connected to the port Tx B s The number of bytes transmitted per second on the port Rx B s The number of bytes received per second on the port Up Time The time elapsed since this port acquired the link Poll Interval The interval at which the statistics are updated on this page ADSL Link In addition to the xDSL firmware version the page displays the ADSL link information that is described in this table Connection Speed The downstream and upstream data rates in Kbps Line Attenuation Noise Margin The downstream and upstream line attenuation LATN in dB The LATN expresses the signal quality The downstream and upstream signal to noise margin SNRM in dB The SNRM expresses the signal quality in relation to interference Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 231 gt AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 To change the traffic statistics polling frequency or stop polling 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3
35. TKIP WPA2 PSK AES WPA WPA2 Enterprise Passphrase grandbird119 8 63 characters or 64 hex digits Wireless Network 5GHz a n ac V Enable SSID Broadcast Name SSID NETGEAR47 5G Channel 44 Mode Up to 1300 Mbps Security Options None WPA2 PSK AES WPA PSK TKIP WPA2 PSK AES WPA WPA2 Enterprise Passphrase grandbird119 8 63 characters or 64 hex digits 6 View or change the basic WiFi settings and security settings The following table describes the fields on the Wireless Setup page Field Description Region Region Selection From the menu select the region in which the modem router operates Note It might not be legal to operate the modem router in a region other than the regions listed in the menu If your country or region is not listed check with your local government agency Wireless Network 2 4GHz b g n Enable SSID Broadcast By default the modem router broadcasts its SSID so that WiFi stations can detect the WiFi name SSID in their scanned network lists To turn off the SSID broadcast clear the Enable SSID Broadcast check box Turning off the SSID broadcast provides additional WiFi security but users must know the SSID to be able to join the WiFi network of the modem router Manage the WiFi Network Settings 94 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Field Description Name SSID The SSID is the WiFi network name If you di
36. The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt LAN Setup ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard v Setup ADVANCED Device Name Internet Setup Wireless Setup WAN Setup LAN Setup QoS Setup LAN TCPAP Setup IP Address IP Subnet Mask Guest Network VLAN Bridge Settings gt USB Functions RIP Direction RIP Version Use Router as DHCP Server Both Disabled v gt Security Starting IP Address gt Administration Ending IP Address gt Advanced Setup Address Reservation C e waaiess Devicename macaa Exe CS ELB Make sure that the Use Router as DHCP Server check box is selected This check box is selected by default Specify the range of IP addresses that the modem router assigns e Inthe Starting IP Address field enter the lowest number in the range This IP address must be in the same subnet as the modem router By default the starting IP address is 192 168 0 2 e In the Ending IP Address field enter the number at the end of the range of IP addresses This IP address must be in the same subnet as the modem router By default the ending IP address is 192 168 0 254 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 212 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Disable the Built In DHCP Server By default the modem router funct
37. VPN Service Static Routes Remote Management UPnP IPv6 Traffic Meter USB Settings Device Mode 6 Select the Enable AP Mode check box The page adjusts 7 Scroll down and select the radio button for the IP address setting that you want to use e Get dynamically from existing router The other router on the network assigns an IP address to the modem router while the modem router functions in access point mode e Enable fixed IP settings on this device not recommended Use this setting if you want to manually assign a specific IP address to the modem router while it functions in access point mode Using this option effectively requires advanced network experience Note To avoid interference with other routers or gateways on your network NETGEAR recommends that you use different WiFi settings on each router You can also turn off the WiFi radio on the other router or gateway and use the modem router only for WiFi client access 8 Click the Apply button The IP address of the modem router changes and you are disconnected 9 To reconnect close your browser restart your browser and type http www routerlogin net Manage the WiFi Network Settings 118 Control Access to the Internet The modem router comes with a built in firewall that helps protect your home network from unwanted intrusions from the Internet This chapter includes the following sections Set Up Parental Controls Allow or Block Access t
38. and enter the interface ID If you do not specify an ID here the modem router generates one automatically from its MAC address 11 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Set Up an IPv6 PPPoE Connection An IPv6 PPPoE connection is based on a dynamic IPv6 address that a PPPoE service assigns to the modem router Note Follow the directions that your IPv6 ISP gave you To set up an IPv6 PPPoE Internet connection 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt IPv6 The IPv6 page displays 6 From the Internet Connection Type menu select PPPoE Manage the Internet Settings Manually 84 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 on ADVANCED Home EZD ECB WPS Wizard Internet Connection Type Setup USB Functions Login Password eeccccee Security Service Name lf Required Connection Mode Always On wv Advanced Setup Router s IPv6 Address On WAN Not Available Administration Wireless Settings Wireless AP LAN Setup Port Forwarding Port Router s IPv6 Address On LAN Triggering Not Available Dynamic DNS IP Address Assignmen
39. corrected a problem with the Ethernet cable radio button c Click the Next button 17 Only if the following page displays Specify how to manage problems with the detection of the IP address for the Internet connection The page that might display states that a problem occurred while the wizard was detecting the Internet connection IP address Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 33 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Problem Detecting the Internet Connection IP Address Did your Internet Service Provider ISP assign to you a fixed static IP address This is a very rare special deployment Select an option and click Next to proceed Yes My ISP assigned a fixed static IP address to me No did not get a fixed static IP address from my ISP I don t know Take one of the following actions If your ISP assigned you a fixed static IP address do the following a Select the Yes radio button b Click the Next button Enter the fixed IP settings assigned by your Internet Service Provider and click Next to proceed My IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Preferred ONS Server Alternate ONS Server c Enter the address information that your ISP gave you for your fixed IP address configuration d Click the Next button If your ISP did not assign you a fixed IP address or you do not know if your ISP assigned you a fixed IP address do the following a Select either the
40. make sure that the yellow Ethernet cable is securely plugged in to the broadband modem port and the router internet port just power cycled the modem and waited for 2 minutes corrected a problem with the Ethernet cable None of the above Note The option for the Ethernet cable connection that is stated onscreen applies to a cable or fiber Internet connection only see Set Up Your Modem Router for Cable or Fiber Service on page 29 Take one of the following actions e If you already power cycled the DSL modem see Step 7 through Step 6 do the following a Select the None of the above radio button b Click the Next button Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 26 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 If you did not yet power cycle the DSL modem do the following a e mooaos h Unplug your DSL modem s power leaving the DSL modem connected to the wall jack for your Internet service If your DSL modem includes a battery backup remove the battery Wait 10 seconds If your DSL modem includes a battery backup reinsert the battery Plug in your DSL modem s power and turn on your DSL modem Wait two minutes Select the I just power cycled the modem and waited for 2 minutes radio button Click the Next button 20 Only if the following page displays Specify how to manage problems with the detection of the IP address for the Internet connection The page that might disp
41. 112 Tip If you want to disable the WiFi radios of the modem router use a wired connection to avoid being disconnected when the WiFi radios turn off Use the WiFi On Off Button To turn the WiFi radios off and on with the WiFi On Off button Press the WiFi On Off button on the right side panel of the modem router for three seconds If you turned off the WiFi radios the WiFi LED turns off If you turned on the WiFi radios the WiFi LED lights solid blue after about half a minute Manage the WiFi Network Settings 110 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Enable or Disable the WiFi Radios If you used the WiFi On Off button to turn off the WiFi radios you cannot log in to the modem router over a WiFi connection to turn them back on You must press the WiFi On Off button again for three seconds to turn the WiFi radios back on To enable or disable the WiFi radios 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Wireless Settings ao ADVANCED Home WPS Wizard Setup gt USB Functions gt Security gt Administration v Advanced Setup Wir
42. 4 GHz WiFi network If you did not change the passphrase the default passphrase displays The default passphrase is printed on the product label see Bottom Panel Product Label on page 15 WPA2 provides a secure connection but some older WiFi devices do not detect WPA2 and support only WPA If your network includes such older devices select WPA PSK TKIP WPA2 PSK AES security NETGEAR recommends that you do not change the default passphrase If you must change the passphrase in the Passphrase field enter a phrase of 8 to 63 characters To join the modem router s WiFi network a user must enter this passphrase e WPA PSK TKIP WPA2 PSK AES This type of security enables WiFi devices that support either WPA or WPAZ to join the modem router s 2 4 GHz WiFi network However WPA PSK TKIP is less secure than WPA2 PSK AES and limits the speed of WiFi devices to 54 Mbps To use this type of security in the Passphrase field enter a phrase of 8 to 63 characters To join the modem router s WiFi network a user must enter this passphrase e WPA WPAZ2 Enterprise This type of security requires that your WiFi network can access a RADIUS server For information about configuring WPA WPA2 Enterprise see Configure WPA WPA2 Enterprise WiFi Security on page 98 7 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Manage the WiFi Network Settings 97 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 If you connected over WiFi t
43. 47 Select an IP Address Assignment radio button e Use DHCP Server The modem router assigns IPv6 addresses to the devices on your home network the LAN through a DHCP server This method passes more information to LAN devices but some IPv6 systems might not support the DHCPv 6 client function This is the default setting e Auto Config The modem router automatically configures its IPv6 address based on the IPv6 protocol In the IPv6 Address Prefix Length fields specify the static IPv6 address and prefix length of the modem router s LAN interface Manage the Internet Settings Manually 81 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 If you do not specify an address here the modem router generates one automatically from its MAC address 10 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Set Up an IPv6 DHCP Connection An IPv6 DHCP connection is based on a dynamic IPv6 address that a DHCPv6 server assigns to the modem router Note Follow the directions that your IPv6 ISP gave you To set up an IPv6 Internet connection with a DHCP server 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANC
44. 8 To remove a device from the allowed list do the following a Select the check box for the device b Click the Remove from the list button The device is removed from the allowed list 9 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Control Access to the Internet 124 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Add Devices to or Remove Them from the Blocked List If you set up an access list that allows all new devices to access your network but you want to block some devices from accessing your network you must specify the devices that you want to block To add or remove devices that are blocked 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Security gt Access Control The Access Control page displays 6 Click the View list of blocked devices not currently connected to the network link a o ADVANCED Home ontro WPS Wizard Setup You can use Access Control to allow or block computers or electronic devices from accessing your network V Turn on Access Control USB Functions Access Rule This is a general rule You can also allow or block individual device
45. Address Enter the static IPv4 not IPv6 address of the remote relay modem router Your IPv6 ISP usually provides this address 8 Select an IPv6 Domain Name Server DNS Address radio button e Get Automatically from ISP The ISP s DHCP server automatically assigns IPv6 DNS server addresses e Use These DNS Servers Enter the static IPv6 not IPv4 DNS server addresses that your ISP provided to you 9 Select an IP Address Assignment radio button e Use DHCP Server The modem router assigns IPv6 addresses to the devices on your home network the LAN through a DHCP server This method passes more information to LAN devices but some IPv6 systems might not support the DHCPv 6 client function This is the default setting e Auto Config The modem router automatically configures its IPv6 address based on the IPv6 protocol 10 To specify the interface ID for the IPv6 address of the modem router s LAN interface select the Use This Interface ID check box and enter the interface ID If you do not specify an ID here the modem router generates one automatically from its MAC address 11 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Set Up an IPv6 Pass Through Connection In IPv6 pass through mode the modem router works as a Layer 2 Ethernet switch with two ports LAN and WAN Ethernet ports for IPv6 packets The modem router does not process any IPv6 header packets Note Follow the directions that your IPv6 ISP gave you
46. Entry 0 0 ccc eee e eee aes Change the Modem Router s Device Name 0000s ee eee Manage the DHCP Server Address Pool 00 0 cee eee e eee Disable the Built In DHCP Server 00 eee cee eee ees Set Up and Manage Custom Static Routes 0 cece eee Set Upa Static Routes seresa rar tapenean reper esau ede eae he Changed State ROUE sos cc sisact2asicdsws ieee busoasGeetegens aes Remove a Static ROTC o 06 ssccus cisncniainientatneheseeseeee lt onde Chapter 12 Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic Update the Firmware of the Modem Router 0 cece cece eee ees Check for New Firmware and Update the Modem Router Manually Upload New Firmware and Update the Modem Router AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Manage the Configuration File of the Modem Router 06 Back Up the Settings 2ccc0ccecacasnscsenwinderementaadsenesen asieas Restore the Setting Serres aero mths eee eee EEEE E E died ee Recover the admin Password eee eee eee eee eens Return the Modem Router to Its Factory Default Settings Usethe Reset Buton 2 sci ccsod53d0 Siaaaquanetheeeeeeeeeeses 053 Er se thE Setting ccs seus cde oa coqacadsmachenaswawm inns ae wierard ay hs 065 View the Status and Statistics of the Modem Router 20 View Information About the Modem Router and the Internet Modem and WiFi SCttin
47. Internet service and IPTV service In some unusual situations a VLAN ID is required for VDSL Internet service If your ISP did not provide you with a VLAN ID leave the Use VLANID check box cleared which is the default setting For information about setting up VLAN tag groups see Set Up a Bridge for a VLAN Tag Group on page 198 Priority 802 1p If your ISP provided you with a VLAN ID and a priority value enter the priority value which is a number from 0 to7 You can enter a priority value only in combination with a VLAN ID If your ISP did not provide you with a priority value leave the default setting 0 Bridge Mode bind LAN4 to WAN2 This setting is an option that applies to the IPTV interface only To bind LAN port 4 to the IPTV interface that is the WAN2 virtual interface select the Bridge Mode bind LAN4 to WAN2 check box For more information see Enable Bridge Mode for an IPTV Device on page 200 Encapsulation For a PPP over Ethernet PPPoE connection select PPPoE from the menu Note PPP over ATM PPPoA is not supported for a VDSL connection Login Enter the login name that you use to log in to your Internet service as indicated by your ISP This login name is often an email address Password Enter the password that you use to log in to your Internet service as indicated by your ISP Service Name If Required Enter the service name that you use to log in to your Internet s
48. LED on the front of the modem router If this LED is off both WiFi radios might be disabled For more information about the WiFi radios see Control the WiFi Radios on page 110 If you disabled the modem router s SSID broadcast your WiFi network is hidden and does not display in your WiFi client s scanning list By default SSID broadcast is enabled For more information see Manage the Basic WiFi Settings and WiFi Security of the Main Network on page 93 Troubleshooting 282 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 e Does your WiFi device support the security that you are using for your WiFi network WEP WPA or WPA2 For information about changing the WiFi security see Manage the Basic WiFi Settings and WiFi Security of the Main Network on page 93 Tip If you want to change the WiFi settings of the modem router s main network use a wired connection to avoid being disconnected when the new WiFi settings take effect If your WiFi device finds your network but the signal strength is weak check these conditions e Is your modem router too far from your WiFi device or too close Place your WiFi device near the modem router but at least 6 feet 1 8 meters away and see whether the signal strength improves e Are objects between the modem router and your WiFi device blocking the WiFi signal Troubleshoot Your Network Using the Ping Utility Most network devices and routers contain a ping utility that sends an echo reque
49. Model D6400 Home Internet Setup CoD Wireless Attached Devices Select Country Select Internet Service Provider Parental Controls Ready SHARE 1 Transfer Mode Th tti d t by DSL Mode i ese settings do not apply Guest Network Internet V Enable This Interface Multiplexing Method VC BASED VPI These settings do not apply o vel Use VLANID Priority 802 1p Does your Internet connection require a login 5 Yes No Account Name If Required Domain Name If Required Internet IP Address Get Dynamically from ISP Use Static IP Address IP Address IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address J Use IP Over ATM IPoA IP Address IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Domain Name Server DNS Address Get Automatically from ISP Use These DNS Servers Primary DNS Secondary DNS NAT Network Address Translation Enable 5 Disable Router MAC Address Use Default Address Use Computer MAC Address Use This MAC Address 80 37 73 C6 BB E8 DHCP Options Vendor Class Identifier String option 60 Class Identifier String option 61 Manage the Internet Settings Manually 68 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Enter the cable or fiber settings as described in the following table Field Description Transfer Mode DSL Mode Multiplexing Method Unless you changed the physical WAN interface settings so that the modem router must use the Ethernet W
50. Network Infrastructure 2 B Pictures amp Videos sep WNDR4500 Gateway reas 06400 Gateway 4 Computer amp Windows7_0S C Removable Disk 0 Lenovo Recovery Q Use VPN to Access Your Network 254 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The network resources display The ReadySHARE icon is in the Computer section and the remote ReadyDLNA D6400 icon is in the Media Devices section if DLNA is enabled in the modem router 2 If the icons do not display click the Refresh button to update the page If the local LAN and the remote LAN are using the same IP scheme the remote ReadyDLNA D6400 icon does not display in the Media Devices section and the D6400 Gateway icon does not display in the Network Infrastructure section 3 To access the USB device click the ReadySHARE icon 4 To access media on the modem router s network click the ReadyDLNA D6400 icon Use VPN to Access Your Internet Service at Home When you are away from home and you access the Internet you usually use a local Internet service provider For example at a coffee shop you might be given a code that lets you use the coffee shop s Internet service account to surf the web The modem router lets you use a VPN connection to access your own Internet service when you are away from home You might want to do this if you travel to a geographic location that does not support all the Internet services that you use at home For exampl
51. OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt USB Functions gt ReadySHARE Storage oo ADVANCED Home ADVANCEDHome Ready SHARE Media Server WPS Wizard Setup Pc neren v USB Functions Ready SHARE Storage Ready SHARE Printer set scr Workgroup Security HTTPS via intemet _https 192 168 100 150 shares a aT FTP via internet ftp 192 168 100 150 shares ja Available Network Folders Read Total Free weadyshare USB_Storage _ no aa ord STOREN GO 3 7G 617 7M All Safely Remove USB Device Share a Storage Device 164 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The previous figure shows a USB device attached to the modem router Select the FTP check box Click the Apply button Your settings are saved View Network Folders on a Device You can view or change the network folders on a USB storage device connected to the modem router gt To view network folders 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt USB Functions gt ReadySHARE Storage a ADVANCED Home Setup v USB Functions Ready SHARE Storage Rea
52. OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Port Forwarding Port Triggering Manage Port Forwarding and Port Triggering 259 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Pa oe ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard Setup gt USB Functions gt Security Administration Please select the service type Port Forwarding Port Triggering Service Name Server IP Address FIP 192 168 0 vAdvanced Setup Service tame External External Internal Internal End kianil iP address Start Port End Port Start Port Port Wireless Settings Wireless AP Triggering mamic DNS VPN Service Static Routes Remote Management Traffic Meter USB Settings Device Mode 8 Make sure that the Port Forwarding radio button is selected 9 From the Service Name menu select the service or application If the service or application that you want to add is not in the menu create a port forwarding rule with a custom service or application see Add a Port Forwarding Rule with a Custom Service or Application on page 260 10 In the Server IP Address field enter the IP address of the computer that must provide the service or that runs the application 11 Click the Add button Your settings are saved The rule is added to the table on the Port Forwarding Port Triggering page Add a Port Forwarding Rule with a Custom Service or Application The modem router lists default serv
53. Port 1 65535 8 Specify a new port triggering rule with a custom service or application as described in the following table Field Description Service Name Enter the name of the custom service or application Service User From the Service User menu select Any or select Single address and enter the IP address of one computer e Any This is the default setting and allows any computer on the Internet to use this service e Single address Restricts the service to a particular computer Service Type Select the protocol TCP or UDP that is associated with the service or application Manage Port Forwarding and Port Triggering 267 Vv AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Field Description Triggering Port Enter the number of the outbound traffic port that must open the inbound ports Inbound Connection Connection Type Select the protocol TCP or UDP that is associated with the inbound connection If you are unsure select TCP UDP Starting Port Enter the start port number for the inbound connection Ending Port Enter the end port number for the inbound connection Click the Apply button Your settings are saved The rule is added to the Port Triggering Portmap Table on the Port Forwarding Port Triggering page and is enabled Change a Port Triggering Rule You can change an existing port triggering rule To change a port triggering rule
54. Profile Enable Guest By default the guest WiFi network is disabled To enable the guest WiFi network for Network the 2 4 GHz WiFi band select the Enable Guest Network check box Enable SSID By default the modem router broadcasts its SSID of the 2 4 GHz WiFi band so that Broadcast WiFi stations can detect the WiFi name SSID in their scanned network lists To turn off the SSID broadcast for the 2 4 GHz WiFi band for the guest WiFi network clear the Enable SSID Broadcast check box Allow guests to By default WiFi clients that are connected to the 2 4 GHz WiFi band of the guest WiFi see each other network cannot access WiFi devices or Ethernet devices that are connected to the and access my main WiFi network To allow access to the main WiFi network select the Allow guests local network to see each other and access my local network check box Guest Wireless The SSID is the 2 4 GHz WiFi band name If you did not change the SSID the default Network Name SSID displays which is NETGEAR Guest SSID If you want to change the SSID in the 2 4 GHz WiFi band for the guest WiFi network enter a 32 character maximum case sensitive name in this field Manage the WiFi Network Settings 106 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Field Description Security Options Profile If you want to change the WiFi security select one of the following WiFi security options for the 2 4 GHz band of the guest WiF
55. Router Model D6400 The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt WPS Wizard The page displays a description of the WPS method 6 Click the Next button a o ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard Select a setup method Push Button recommended gt Setup You can either press the physical push button on the router or click the button soft push button in this screen gt USB Functions gt Security gt Administration PIN Number Advanced Setup By default the Push Button recommended radio button is selected 7 Either click the button onscreen or press the WPS button on the right side panel of the modem router for three seconds For two minutes the modem router attempts to find the WiFi device that is the client that you want to join the modem router s main WiFi network During this time the WiFi LED on the front panel of the modem router blinks blue 8 Within two minutes go to the WiFi device and press its WPS button to join the modem router s main WiFi network without entering a password After the modem router establishes a WPS connection the WiFi LED lights solid blue and the Add WPS Client page displays a confirmation message 9 To verify that the WiFi device is connected to the modem router s main WiFi network select BASIC gt Attached Devi
56. The location country Channel The channel that the 5 GHz band of the main network uses Mode The WiFi mode in which the 5 GHz band operates for both the main network and the guest network Wireless AP Displays whether the 5 GHz band of the main network is enabled If the 5 GHz band is disabled but the 2 4 GHz band is enabled the WiFi LED on the front of the modem router lights blue If both radios are off the WiFi LED is off Broadcast Name Wi Fi Protected Setup Displays whether the 5 GHz band of the main network broadcasts its SSID Displays whether the modem router keeps its existing WiFi settings when you use WPS to connect a device to the 5 GHz band of the main network e Configured The modem router keeps its existing WiFi settings This is the default setting e Not configured The modem router generates a random SSID and passphrase and changes the security mode to WPA WPA2 PSK mixed mode For more information see Manage the WPS Settings on page 114 Guest Network 2 4 GHz The settings of the WiFi port for the 2 4 GHz band of the guest network For information about how to configure the settings of the guest network see Manage the Basic WiFi Settings and WiFi Security of the Guest Network on page 105 Name SSID The WiFi network name for the 2 4 GHz band of the guest network Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 229 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400
57. Time Zone menu select your time zone 8 Ifyou live in an area that observes daylight saving time select the Automatically adjust for daylight savings time check box Note Ifthe modem router synchronizes its internal clock with a time server on the Internet and you selected the correct time zone the Current Time field displays the correct date and time 9 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Control Access to the Internet 137 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Set Up Security Event Email Notifications The modem router can email you its logs of its activity The log records router activity and security events such as attempts to access blocked sites or services gt To set up email notifications 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Security gt E mail Lo ADVANCED Home Sep waar WPS Wizard Setup F Turn E mail Notification On gt USB Functions Send alerts and logs through e mail v Security Your Outgoing Mail Server Parental Controls Send to This E mail Address Access Contr Outgoing Mail Server Port Number Block Sites My mail
58. USB Control Center icon Ex if NETGEAR USB Control Center System Tools About Device Status _ Logitech Speaker ae Manually Connected by netgear 8dc0086 The Status column shows the status for each device e Available No print jobs are in progress You can use the USB printer from any computer in the network e Connected Your computer is connected to the printer and will be released when your print job is done e Manually Connected by Only the connected computer can use the printer e Waiting to Connect Your computer is not connected to the shared printer yet 2 To print from your computer when the status shows Manually connected by another computer click the Disconnect button The printer is released from the connection and the status changes to Available 3 To print from your computer when the status shows Waiting to Connect do the following a Click the Connect button The printer status changes to Manually connected by Mycomputer Now only your computer can use the printer b To allow the printer to be shared click the Disconnect button The printer is released from the connection and the status changes to Available Share a USB Printer 189 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Use the Scan Feature of a Multifunction USB Printer If your USB printer supports scanning you can also use the USB printer for scanning For example the USB printer displayed in the Windows Printers and Faxes
59. Up an ADSL Internet Connection e Manually Set Up a VDSL Internet Connection e Manually Set Up a Cable of Fiber Internet Connection e Specify an IPv6 Internet Connection e Manage the MTU Size 41 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Use the Internet Setup Wizard After Initial Setup Whether you use DSL service or cable or fiber service you can use the Setup Wizard to detect your Internet settings and automatically set up your modem router Note The Setup Wizard is the same as NETGEAR genie that launches the first time that you connect to your modem router gt To use the Setup Wizard 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Setup Wizard gt aovanceo woo ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard Sat Select Country WPS Wizard Country USA Setup Select Internet Service Provider Internet Service Provider AT amp T USB Functions Do you want NETGEAR genie to help Yes No want to configure the router myself Advanced Setup have saved the router settings in a file and want to restore the router to those settings Security Administration 6 From the C
60. WMM and applications that do not require QoS are assigned to the best effort category which receives a lower priority than voice and video WMM QoS is automatically enabled for the modem router However you can disable WMM Qos To disable WMM QoS 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt QoS Setup The QoS Setup page displays Clear the Enable WMM Wi Fi multimedia settings check box 7 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Optimize Performance 152 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Manage Implicit Beamforming The modem router supports beamforming to enhance the WiFi range and performance for your WiFi devices When you enable beamforming and connect to the WiFi network the modem router actively tracks your device and directs WiFi to your device rather than just blasting it out in all directions The modem router uses explicit and implicit beamforming to improve WiFi performance Explicit beamforming requires the devices to support beamforming Typically 802 11ac devices support beamforming Implicit beamforming means that the modem ro
61. WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 View the Status and Statistics of the Modem Router You can view information about the modem router its broadband modem and ports and the status of the Internet connection and WiFi network In addition you can view traffic statistics for the various ports View Information About the Modem Router and the Internet Modem and WiFi Settings You can view modem router information the Internet port status and WiFi settings gt To view information about the modem router and the Internet modem and WiFi settings i 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt ADVANCED Home Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 226 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 M o ma ADVANCED Home vy Router Information vy Internet Port Setup Wizard Hardware Version D6400 MAC Address 80 37 73 C6 BB E8 z Firmware Version V1 0 0 22_1 0 22 IP Address 192 168 100 150 GUI Language Version V1 0 0 22_3 1 25 Connection PPPoA gt Setup LAN Port IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 MAC Address 80 37 73 C6 BB E7 Domain Name Server 192 168 100 1 IP Address 192 168 0 1
62. WiFi to the guest network If you cannot connect over WiFi check the following If your computer or WiFi device is already connected to another WiFi network in your area disconnect it from that WiFi network and connect it to the WiFi network that the modem router provides Some WiFi devices automatically connect to the first open network without WiFi security that they discover Does your WiFi device display as an attached device See View Devices Currently on the Network on page 237 If it does it is connected to the network Are you using the correct network name SSID and password Configure WEP Legacy WiFi Security for the Guest WiFi Network Wired Equivalent Privacy WEP security is a legacy authentication and data encryption mode that is superseded by WPA PSK and WPA2 PSK WEP supports speeds of up to 54 Mbps the modem router is capable of speeds of up to 300 Mbps in the 2 4 GHz band Manage the WiFi Network Settings 108 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 IMPORTANT The WiFi mode of the guest WiFi network depends on the WiFi mode of the main WiFi network For you to be able to configure WEP in the guest WiFi network first configure the mode for the main WiFi network as Up to 54 Mbps For information about configuring the WiFi mode see Manage the Basic WiFi Settings and WiFi Security of the Main Network on page 93 gt To configure WEP security for the guest WiFi network 1 2 Launch a web
63. Your modem router must use a direct Internet connection It cannot connect to a different router to access the Internet 3 Connect a USB storage device to one of the USB ports of the modem router Set up FTP access in the modem router For more information see Set Up FTP Access Through the Internet on page 177 5 Onaremote computer with Internet access you can use FTP to access your modem router using ftp yourname mynetgear com in which yourname is your specific domain name For more information see Access Storage Devices Through the Internet with FTP on page 179 Access Storage Devices Through the Internet 174 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Set Up a New Dynamic DNS Account NETGEAR offers you the opportunity to set up and register for a free Dynamic DNS account To set up Dynamic DNS and register for a free NETGEAR account 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Inthe address field of your browser enter http routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Type admin for the user name and type your password If you did not yet personalize your password type password for the password 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Dynamic DNS no ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard gt Setup gt USB Functions Security Administration Use a Dynamic DNS Service wv Advanced Setup Service Pr
64. and NETGEAR media players gt To specify media server settings 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or wireless device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net or http www routerlogin com A login window opens Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt USB Functions gt ReadySHARE Storage The USB Storage Advanced Settings page displays with the ReadySHARE tab selected Click the Media Server tab SS oe ADVANCED Home WPS Wizard gt Setup vUSB Functions ReadySHARE Storage EIST Zl Enable Media Server ReadySHARE Printer v Enable TiVo support Media Server Name ReadyDLNA Security Administration Advanced Setup Specify the settings e Enable Media Server Select this check box to enable this device to function as a media server e Enable TiVo support Select this check box if you want to play ReadyNAS media or media from a USB device on your TiVo device For more information see the Play Media from a USB Device on TiVo on page 183 e Media Server Device Name Specify the name of the media server By default the media server name is ReadyDLNA 6400 Click the Apply button Your changes are saved Use the Modem Router as a Media Server 182 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Mod
65. as NETGEAR USB Control Center on your computer gt To install the utility 1 If necessary unzip the ReadySHARE Printer utility setup file 2 Double click the ReadySHARE Printer utility setup file that you downloaded JG NETGEAR USB Control Center Installshield Wizard Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for NETGEAR USB Control Center The InstallShield R Wizard will install NETGEAR USB Control Center on your computer To continue click Next WARNING This program is protected by copyright law and international treaties 3 Follow the wizard instructions to install NETGEAR USB Control Center After the InstallShield Wizard completes the installation the NETGEAR USB Control Center prompts you to select a language 4 Select a language from the list and click the OK button Share a USB Printer 187 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 in NETGEAR USB Control Cent System Jools About Some firewall software such as Comodo blocks NETGEAR USB Control Center from accessing the USB printer If you do not see the USB printer displayed on the page you can disable the firewall temporarily to allow the utility to work Select the printer and click the Connect button The printer status changes to Manually connected by Mycomputer Now only the computer that you are using can use this printer Click the Disconnect button The status changes to Available Now all computers on the network can u
66. bridge Note If your ISP provides directions on how to set up a bridge for IPTV and Internet service follow those directions Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 196 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Set Up a Bridge for a Port Group If the devices that are connected to the modem router s Ethernet LAN port or WiFi network include an IPTV device your ISP might require you to set up a bridge for a port group on the virtual Internet interface A bridge with a port group prevents packets that are sent between the IPTV device and the modem router s physical Internet port from being processed through the modem router s network address translation NAT service To configure a port group and enable the bridge 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt VLAN Bridge Settings The VLAN Bridge Settings page displays 6 Select the Enable VLAN Bridge Group check box The page expands 7 Select the By bridge group radio button a ADVANCED Home a eve gt v Setup V Enable VLAN Bridge Group Internet Setup By bridge group Wireless Setup LAN Setup
67. browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network In the address field of your browser enter http routerlogin net A login window opens Type admin for the user name and type your password If you did not yet personalize your password type password for the password Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select BASIC gt Guest Network The Guest Network Settings page displays In the Security Options section select the WEP radio button Security Options Profile None WEP WPA2 PSK AES WPA PSK TKIP WPA2 PSK AES Security Encryption WEP Authentication Type Automatic v Encryption Strength 64 bit v Security Encryption WEP Key Key 1 Key 2 Key 3 Key 4 From the Authentication Type menu in the Security Encryption WEP section select one of the following types e Shared Key Clients can use only Shared Key authentication e Automatic Clients can use either Open System or Shared Key authentication Manage the WiFi Network Settings 109 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 8 From the Encryption Strength menu in the Security Encryption WEP section select the encryption key size e 64 bit Standard WEP encryption using 40 64 bit encryption e 128 bit Standard WEP encryption using 104 128 bit encryption This selection provides stronger encryption security 9 In the Security Encryption WEP Key section generate the key automaticall
68. button The BASIC Home page displays The version firmware is stated at the top right under the Logout button Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 221 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Manage the Configuration File of the Modem Router The configuration settings of the modem router are stored within the modem router in a configuration file You can back up save this file to your computer or restore it Back Up the Settings You can save a copy of the current configuration settings gt To back up the modem router s configuration settings 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Administration gt Backup Settings The Backup Settings page displays 6 Click the Back Up button 7 Choose a location to store the file on your computer The name of the backup file is NETGEAR _D6400 cfg 8 Follow the directions of your browser to save the file Restore the Settings If you backed up the configuration file you can restore the configuration from this file gt Torestore configuration settings that you backed up 1 2 Lau
69. button next to the reserved address Click the Edit button The Edit page displays Change the settings Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Remove a Reserved IP Address Entry You can remove a reserved IP address entry To remove a reserved IP address entry 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt LAN Setup Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 210 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The LAN Setup page displays In the Address Reservation section select the radio button next to the reserved address Click the Delete button The address entry is removed Change the Modem Router s Device Name The modem router s default device name is D6400 This device name displays in a file manager when you browse your network Vv To change the modem router s device name 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The
70. captures and uses the MAC address of the computer that you are now using You must use the one computer that is registered by the ISP Use This MAC Address Enter the MAC address that you want to use By default the field displays the MAC address of the Internet port 13 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved 14 Click the Test button to test your Internet connection Manage the Internet Settings Manually 65 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 If the NETGEAR website does not display within one minute see Troubleshoot the Internet Connection on page 278 Manually Set Up a Cable of Fiber Internet Connection You can view or change the modem router s cable or fiber Internet connection settings manually The following sections describe the options that are available to you to manually set up the cable or fiber Internet connection e Specify a Cable or Fiber Connection Without a Login Requirement on page 66 e Specify a Cable or Fiber Connection With a Login Requirement and PPPoE Service on page 71 Note Some ISPs require that you register on their website before you can obtain Internet service Follow the directions that your ISP gave you Note If you connect both a DSL modem and a cable or fiber modem to the modem router and you want to manually specify the settings for a cable or fiber Internet connection you must first set the WAN connection preference manually to the Ethernet WAN port s
71. check boxes the next time that a new WiFi client uses WPS to connect to the modem router the WiFi settings of the modem router change to an automatically generated random SSID and passphrase for the band to which the client connects For information about viewing this SSID and passphrase see Manage the Basic WiFi Settings and WiFi Security of the Main Network on page 93 Clear the Keep Existing Wireless Settings 2 4GHz b g n or Existing Wireless Settings 5GHz a n ac check box only if you want to allow the WPS process to change the SSID and passphrase for WiFi access for the WiFi band A WARNING If you clear the Keep Existing Wireless Settings check box for a WiFi band and use WPS to add a computer or WiFi device to that band of the modem router s WiFi network the SSID and passphrase are automatically generated and other WiFi devices that are already connected to the band of the modem router s WiFi network might be disconnected 10 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Manage Advanced WiFi Features For most WiFi networks the advanced WiFi features work fine and you do not need to change the settings Tip If you want to change the WiFi settings of the modem router s main network use a wired connection to avoid being disconnected when the new WiFi settings take effect gt To manage advanced WiFi features 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type ht
72. configure an ADSL connection for the Internet interface and your Internet connection requires a login Manage the Internet Settings Manually 53 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Internet Setup CD Wireless Attached Devices Select Country USA y Select Internet Service Provider AT amp T Parental Controls ReadySHARE Transfer Mode ATM Guest Network DSL Mode Auto Internet V Enable This Interface Multiplexing Method VC BASED VPI vel El use VLANID Priority 802 1p Does your Internet connection require a login Yes O No Encapsulation Login Password Service Name If Required Connection Mode Idle Timeout In Minutes Internet IP Address Get Dynamically from ISP Use Static IP Address 192 168 100 150 Domain Name Server DNS Address Get Automatically from ISP Use These DNS Servers Primary DNS 192 168 100 1 Secondary DNS A A NAT Network Address Translation Enable Disable Router MAC Address Use Default Address Use Computer MAC Address Use This MAC Address 80 37 73 C6 BB E8 Manage the Internet Settings Manually 54 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 13 Enter the ADSL settings as described in the following table Field Description Multiplexing Method Select LLC BASED or VC BASED as indicated by your ISP The multiplexing method can either be virtual circuit VC based or logica
73. default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt WAN Setup The WAN Setup page displays From the WAN Preference menu select one of the following options e Auto Detect The modem router automatically detects whether the WAN connection is DSL over the DSL port or Ethernet over the Internet port Auto Detect is the default setting e Must use DSL WAN The modem router uses the DSL port fora DSL WAN connection The Internet port is shut down e Must use Ethernet WAN The modem router uses the Internet port for an Ethernet WAN connection The DSL port is shut down Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Enable and Configure a VLAN A network of computers and devices can behave as if they are connected to the same network even though they might actually be physically on different segments of a LAN Virtual LANs VLANs are configured through software rather than hardware which makes them very flexible Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 194 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 If you enable a VLAN and if the network devices hubs and switches on your LAN support the VLAN 802 1Q standard the VLAN ID for the wireless access point is associated with all traffic coming from the modem router If you are subscribed to IPTV service the modem router might require VLAN tags to distinguish b
74. devices IP Address Device Name 192 168 0 2 BusinessLaptop 9 Specify a new port forwarding rule with a custom service or application as described in the following table Field Description Service Name Enter the name of the custom service or application Service Type Select the protocol TCP or UDP that is associated with the service or application If you are unsure select TCP UDP External Starting Port Enter the external start port number that the service or application uses External Ending Port Internal Starting Port Enter the external end port number that the service or application uses Specify the internal start port by one of these methods e Leave the Use the same port range for Internal port check box selected e Clear the Use the same port range for Internal port check box and enter the internal start port number that the service or application uses Manage Port Forwarding and Port Triggering 261 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Field Description Internal Ending Port Specify the internal end port by one of these methods e Leave the Use the same port range for Internal port check box selected e Clear the Use the same port range for Internal port check box and enter the internal end port number that the service or application uses Internal IP address Either enter an IP address in the Internal IP address field or select the
75. eee Use the Scan Feature of a Multifunction USB Printer Change NETGEAR USB Control Center Settings 0 05 Change the NETGEAR USB Control Center Language Specity the TiMme Oul ivecrelancianskeedacesacsasereaasad ede dedaghs Chapter 11 Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings Change the Physical WAN Connection Preference 000ee eee Enableand Configure a VLAN oi sciccrsgrcrcusdaansuees saseesensce Set Up a Bridge for a Port Group or VLAN Tag Group 05 Set pa Bridge f ra Port Groupiscicctsccdoucuneieradewesearaasases Set Up a Bridge for a VLAN Tag Group cece eee eee eee Enable Bridge Mode for an IPTV Device 0 cece eee eee eee Manage the WAN Security Settings 0 00 e eee eee eae Set Up a Default DMZ Server 0 ete eee e ees Manage IGMP Proxy aiiedians oso ata draenname meee Pewee antiad ee aR Manage NAT FIRCHING 0c tetetcca ced acgeiuentinreteseget cebedeseaa Manage the SIP Application Level Gateway 0 0000 Manage the Modem Router s LAN IP Address Settings Manage the Router Information Protocol Settings 005 Manage Reserved LAN IP Addresses 0 0 c cece eee eee eens Reserve a LAN IP address 00 c cece ccc eee eee eee een aes Change a Reserved IP Address 00 cece cece cece e ee eee eae Remove a Reserved IP Address
76. for each port triggering rule To add a port triggering rule 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Port Forwarding Port Triggering The Port Forwarding Port Triggering page displays Select the Port Triggering radio button Manage Port Forwarding and Port Triggering 266 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 ADVANCED Home Port Forwarding Setup Waar WPS Wizard gt Setup so Please select the service type gt USB Functions Port Forwarding Port Triggering Security gt Administration Disable Port Triggering Advanced setan Port Triggering Time out in minutes Wir ii Wireless AP Port Triggering Portmap Table Port Forwarding Port Enable ServiceName Service Type Inbound Connection _ServiceUser _ Triggering VPN Service Static Routes Remote Management UPnP IPv6 Traffic Meter SB in Device Mode 7 Click the Add Service button Service Service Name Service User Any Service Type TCP 7 Triggering Port 1 65535 Inbound Connection Connection Type TCP UDP Starting Port 1 65535 Ending
77. internet check box Click the Apply button Your settings are saved To limit access to the admin user do the following a In the Available Network Folders list select a device If only one device is connected it is automatically selected b Click the Edit button Access Storage Devices Through the Internet 178 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Edit Network Folder U STORE N GO FAT U USB_Storage All no password v Write Access All no password v Close Window c In the Read Access menu select admin The default setting is All no password d In the Write Access menu select admin The default setting is All no password e Click the Apply button Your settings are saved f Click the Close Window button The pop up window closes Access Storage Devices Through the Internet with FTP If you attached a storage device to the modem router before you can access the storage device through the Internet with FTP you must first set it up see Set Up FTP Access Through the Internet on page 177 To access a USB device with FTP from a remote computer to download or upload a file 1 Take one of the following actions e To download a file from a storage device connected to the modem router launch a web browser e To upload a file to a storage device connected to the modem router launch an FTP client such as Filezilla 2 Type ftp and the Internet port IP addres
78. not provide you with a client ID string leave this field blank 13 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved 14 Click the Test button to test your Internet connection If the NETGEAR website does not display within one minute see Troubleshoot the Internet Connection on page 278 Specify a VDSL Connection with a Login Requirement and PPPoE Service If you want to manually configure the VDSL connection settings use the information that your ISP gave you to log in and connect to your Internet service If you cannot find this information contact your ISP Entering incorrect information might prevent the modem router from connecting to the Internet Manage the Internet Settings Manually 61 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The modem router provides a virtual Internet interface and a virtual IPTV interface In most situations you only need to configure the Internet interface If you use an IPTV device you might also need to configure the IPTV interface Follow the directions that your ISP gave you Note If you must configure the IPTV interface first use the following procedure to configure the Internet interface Then repeat the procedure to configure the IPTV interface To view or specify the settings for a VDSL Internet connection that requires a login and uses a PPPoE service 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net
79. of the modem router 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt ADVANCED Home The ADVANCED Home page displays In the Internet Port pane click the Show Statistics button Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 230 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Show Statistics System Up Time 03 56 49 Port WAN 100M Full LANA LAN2 LAN3 LAN4 Link Down _RxPkts_ Collisions _TxBs RxBs Up Time 0 30 1858 03 55 54 2 4G WLAN bigin oe Trot 72343 0 _ 3389 03 56 48 SGWLANainiac _1300M_ ae a ee ee O 03 56 48 ADSL Link Connection Speed Line Attenuation Noise Margin Poll Interval 5 Downstream Upstream The following table describes the fields and columns of the Show Statistics pop up window Field or Column Description System Up Time The time elapsed since the modem router was last restarted Port The statistics for the WAN Internet over Ethernet port LAN Ethernet ports WLAN b g n ports and WLAN a n ac ports For each port the page displays the information that is described in this table
80. page Modify your security settings a From the Apple menu select System Preferences b From the View menu select Security c Click the Advanced button at the bottom of the page d Leave the Log out after minutes of inactivity check box cleared Share a Storage Device 160 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Use Time Machine to Back Up onto a Storage Device You can use Time Machine to back up your Mac computers onto a USB hard disk drive that is connected to the USB port on the modem router To back up your Mac onto a USB hard drive 1 oo PF amp 10 11 Prepare your USB device with a compatible format and partitions See Set Up a USB Hard Drive on a Mac on page 159 If you plan to back up a large amount of data see Prepare to Back Up a Large Amount of Data on page 160 Insert your USB storage drive into the USB port on the modem router Note If your USB device uses a power supply you must use it when you connect the USB device to the modem router When you connect the USB device to the USB port on the modem router it might take up to two minutes before the USB device is ready for sharing By default the USB device is available to all computers on your local area network LAN On your Mac computer select Go gt Connect to Server Type afp routerlogin net When prompted to enter your name and password select the Guest radio button Click the Connect button A list of connecte
81. radio button for an attached device that is listed in the table 10 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved The rule is added to the table on the Port Forwarding Port Triggering page Change a Port Forwarding Rule You can change an existing port forwarding rule To change a port forwarding rule 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Port Forwarding Port Triggering The following figure shows two port forwarding rules Manage Port Forwarding and Port Triggering 262 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 a o ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard Please select the service type gt Setup Port Forwarding gt USB Functions Port Triggering gt Security Service Name Server IP Address FIP 192 168 0 gt Administration v Advanced Setup F External External Internal internal End Service Name Start Port End Port Start Port Port Internal IP address Wireless Settings EERE 1 EXPORTTURBO 57902 57905 57902 57905 192 168 0 214 Port Forwarding Port TagSwitching 61334 61334 192 168 0 199 namic DNS
82. server requires authentication Block Services Schedule ESS SS a Administration Send Alert immediately When someone attempts to visit a blocked site User Name Advanced Setup Send logs according to this schedule None Day Sunday Time 12 00 6 Select the Turn E mail Notification On check box Control Access to the Internet 138 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 7 Enter the settings as described in the following table Field Description Send alerts and logs through e mail Your Outgoing Mail Server Enter the name of your ISP s outgoing SMTP mail server such as mail mylSP com You might be able to find this information on the configuration page of your email program If you leave this field blank the modem router cannot send log and alert messages Send to This E mail Address Enter the email address to which logs and alerts must be sent Outgoing Mail Server Port Enter the port number for your ISP s outgoing mail server The default port Number number is 25 My mail server requires If your ISP s outgoing email server requires authentication select this authentication check box and specify the following settings e In the User Name field enter the user name for your ISP s outgoing email server e In the Password field enter the password for your ISP s outgoing email server Send Alert Immediately By default this check box is selected and email alert
83. service name that you use to log in to your Internet service as indicated by your ISP Often a service name is not required Manage the Internet Settings Manually 73 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Field Description Connection Mode Select how the Internet connection functions e Always On Once the Internet connection is established it remains on This is the default setting e Dial on Demand When someone attempts to connect to the Internet the Internet connection is established When the idle time out period expires the Internet connection is terminated e Manually Connect You must connect to the Internet manually see View Renew or Release a TCP IP Internet Connection on page 232 or View Connect or Disconnect a PPPoE or PPPoA Internet Connection on page 234 Idle Timeout In Minutes If you select Dial on Demand from the Connection Mode menu enter the idle time out period in minutes The idle time out specifies how long the modem router keeps the Internet connection active when no one on the network is using the Internet connection The default is 5 minutes To disable the idle time out enter 0 When you disable the idle time out the connection is not terminated automatically Internet IP Address Get Dynamically from ISP Your ISP uses DHCP to assign your IP address Your ISP automatically assigns these addresses Use Static IP Address Enter the IP address IP subne
84. the Internet you are prompted to download and install the free NETGEAR Desktop genie app and the free ReadySHARE Vault app Manually Set Up an ADSL Internet Connection V You can view or change the modem router s ADSL Internet connection settings manually The following sections describe the options that are available to you to manually set up the ADSL Internet connection e Specify an ADSL Connection Without a Login Requirement on page 47 e Specify an ADSL Connection with a Login Requirement and PPPoA or PPPoE Service on page 52 Note Some ISPs require that you register on their website before you can obtain Internet service Follow the directions that your ISP gave you Specify an ADSL Connection Without a Login Requirement If you want to manually configure the ADSL connection settings use the information that your ISP gave you to connect to your Internet service If you cannot find this information contact your ISP Entering incorrect information might prevent the modem router from connecting to the Internet The modem router provides a virtual Internet interface and a virtual IPTV interface In most situations you only need to configure the Internet interface If you use an IPTV device you might also need to configure the IPTV interface Follow the directions that your ISP gave you Note If you must configure the IPTV interface first use the following procedure to configure the Internet If you must configure the IPTV inte
85. the Traffic 232 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 5 Select ADVANCED gt ADVANCED Home The ADVANCED Home page displays 6 In the Internet Port pane click the Connection Status button The fields that display depend on the type of Internet connection The following pop up window shows the fields for an established TCP IP connection with DHCP IP Address 192 168 100 150 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Default Gateway 192 168 100 1 DHCP Server 192 168 100 1 DNS Server 192 168 100 1 Lease Obtained 0 days 0 Hours 10 Minutes Lease Expires 0 days 0 Hours 7 Minutes The following table describes the fields of the Connection Status pop up window Field Description IP Address The IP address that is assigned by the ISP to the modem router Subnet Mask The subnet mask that is assigned by the ISP to the modem router Default Gateway The IP address of the default gateway of the ISP that the modem router communicates with DHCP Server The IP address of the DHCP server of the ISP that issues the IP address to the modem router DNS Server The IP address of the Domain Name System DNS server of the ISP that provides translation of network names to IP addresses Lease Obtained The time at which the modem router obtained the DHCP lease The type of DHCP connection determines whether this field displays onscreen Lease Expires The time at which the DHCP lease expires The type of DHCP connectio
86. the designated private address range for use in private networks and are suitable for most applications The IP address and subnet mask identify which addresses are local to a specific device and which must be reached through a gateway or modem router You might want to change these settings if you need a specific IP subnet that one or more devices on the network use or if competing subnets use the same IP scheme Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 205 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 gt To change the LAN IP address settings 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt LAN Setup a o ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard v Setup Device Name Internet Setup Wireless Setup WAN Setup QoS Setup Guest Network VLAN Bridge Settings gt USB Functions Security gt Administration gt Advanced Setup LAN TCPAP Setup IP Address IP Subnet Mask RIP Direction RIP Version Use Router as DHCP Server Starting IP Address Ending IP Address Address Reservation Both Disabled v De Pms Devicename _WACAsaress c oe ELB
87. to Step 12 If it does not display do the following a In the address field of the web browser enter www routerlogin net b When prompted enter admin for the user name and password for the password If the Configuring the Internet Connection page displays skip to Step 72 If it still does not display see Step 11 If the browser cannot display the web page do the following e Make sure that the computer is connected to one of the four Ethernet LAN ports or over WiFi to the modem router e Make sure that the Power LED of the modem router is lit green e Make sure that your browser does not cache the previous page by closing and reopening the browser e Clear the browser cache e If the computer is set to a static or fixed IP address this setting is uncommon either change the computer to obtain an IP address automatically from the modem router through DHCP or change the IP address of the computer to a static or fixed IP address in the 192 168 0 2 192 168 0 254 range From the Country menu select the country in which you use the modem router From the ISP menu select the ISP that you are using If your ISP is not in the menu select Other Select the Yes radio button Click the Next button The Setup Wizard searches your Internet connection for servers and protocols to determine your ISP configuration Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 31 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400
88. to the Internet manually see View Renew or Release a TCP IP Internet Connection on page 232 or View Connect or Disconnect a PPPoE or PPPoA Internet Connection on page 234 Idle Timeout In Minutes If you select Dial on Demand from the Connection Mode menu enter the idle time out period in minutes The idle time out specifies how long the modem router keeps the Internet connection active when no one on the network is using the Internet connection The default is 5 minutes To disable the idle time out enter 0 When you disable the idle time out the connection is not terminated automatically Internet IP Address Get Dynamically from ISP Your ISP uses DHCP to assign your IP address Your ISP automatically assigns these addresses Use Static IP Address Enter the IP address IP subnet mask and gateway IP address that your ISP assigned you for static IP address service The gateway is the ISP router to which your modem router connects Domain Name Server DNS Address The DNS server is used to look up site addresses based on their domain names Get Automatically from ISP Your ISP uses DHCP to assign your DNS servers Your ISP automatically assigns this address Use These DNS Servers If you know that your ISP does not automatically transmit DNS addresses to the modem router during login select this option and enter the IP address of your ISP primary DNS server If a secondary DNS server address is availabl
89. use WPA WPA2 security in the Passphrase field enter a phrase of 8 to 63 characters To join the 2 4 GHz band of the guest WiFi network a user must enter this passphrase Wireless Network 5GHz a n ac Profile Enable Guest By default the guest WiFi network is disabled To enable the guest WiFi network for Network the 5 GHz WiFi band select the Enable Guest Network check box Enable SSID By default the modem router broadcasts its SSID of the 5 GHz WiFi band so that WiFi Broadcast stations can detect the WiFi name SSID in their scanned network lists To turn off the SSID broadcast for the 5 GHz WiFi band for the guest WiFi network clear the Enable SSID Broadcast check box Allow guests to By default WiFi clients that are connected to the 5 GHz WiFi band of the guest WiFi see each other network cannot access WiFi devices or Ethernet devices that are connected to the and access my main WiFi network To allow access to the main WiFi network select the Allow guests local network to see each other and access my local network check box Guest Wireless The SSID is the 5 GHz WiFi band name If you did not change the SSID the default Network Name SSID displays which is NETGEAR 5G Guest If you want to change the SSID in the SSID 5 GHz WiFi band for the guest WiFi network enter a 32 character maximum case sensitive name in this field Manage the WiFi Network Settings 107 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Ro
90. user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt LAN Setup The LAN Setup page displays In the Device Name field enter a new name Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Manage the DHCP Server Address Pool By default the modem router acts as a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP server The modem router assigns IP DNS server and default gateway addresses to all computers that are connected to its LAN and WiFi network The assigned default gateway address is the LAN address of the modem router These addresses must be part of the same IP address subnet as the modem router s LAN IP address The default DHCP address pool is 192 168 0 2 192 168 0 254 The modem router delivers the following parameters to any LAN device that requests DHCP An IP address from the range that you define Subnet mask Gateway IP address the modem router s LAN IP address DNS server IP address the modem router s LAN IP address Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 211 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 gt To specify the pool of IP addresses that the modem router assigns Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password
91. way If you cannot find this login information contact your ISP WiFi network key or password Your modem router is preset with a unique WiFi network name SSID and password for WiFi access This information is on the product label Use this information to connect a WiFi device to the WiFi network of the modem router Modem router login This logs you in to the modem router interface from a web browser as admin Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 19 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Automatic Internet Setup You can use NETGEAR genie to set up the modem router automatically or you can use the modem router s web pages to set up the modem router manually Automatic Internet setup with NETGEAR genie functions with both types of Internet service that the modem router supports e DSL service If you install your modem router for DSL service the modem router supports ADSL and VDSL service you can set up your modem router with NETGEAR genie which launches the first time that you set up the Internet connection for your modem router NETGEAR genie runs on any device with a web browser For more information see Set Up Your Modem Router for DSL Service on page 21 e Cable or fiber service If you install your modem router for cable or fiber service you can set up your modem router with NETGEAR genie which launches the first time that you set up the Internet connection for your modem router NETGEAR g
92. web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive The BASIC Home page displays 4 Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt WAN Setup The WAN Setup page displays 5 Select the Default DMZ Server check box 6 Enter the IP address of the server 7 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Manage IGMP Proxying IGMP proxying allows a computer on the local area network LAN to receive the multicast traffic it is interested in from the Internet If you do not need this feature leave it disabled which is the default setting To enable IGMP proxying 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt WAN Setup The WAN Setup page displays Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 203 6 7 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Clear the Disable IGMP Proxying check box By default the Disable IGMP Proxying check box is selec
93. window is ready for print jobs Printers and Faxes File Edit View Favorites Tools Help OQ O B Preach E gt Folders E Address Jy Printers and Faxes _ HP Photosmart C5200 series Printer Tasks lt gt 0 CA Paused 6 Add a printer gt Set up Faxing See Also 2 Troubleshoot printing Get help with printing Other Places gt To use the scan feature of a multifunction USB printer 1 Click the NETGEAR USB Control Center icon Ex EN NETGEAR USB Control Center System Tools About Device 2 Make sure that the printer status shows as Available 3 Click the Network Scanner button The scanner page displays so that you can use the USB printer for scanning Share a USB Printer 190 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Change NETGEAR USB Control Center Settings You can stop the NETGEAR USB Control Center from starting automatically when you log in to Windows You can also change the language and specify the time out to release the printer connection gt To turn off automatic NETGEAR USB Control Center startup 1 Click the NETGEAR USB Control Center icon Ex EN HETGEAR USB Control Center System Tools About Device Audio Logitech Speaker Status Manually Connected by netgear 8dc0086 2 Select Tools gt Configuration 4 Control Center Configuration Basic Automatically execute when logging on Windows Timeout 10
94. you do not change your preset security settings If you decide to change your preset security settings make a note of the new settings and store the note in a safe place where you can easily find it View or Change the Basic WiFi Settings You can view or change the basic WiFi settings and WiFi security The modem router simultaneously supports the 2 4 GHz band for 802 11b g n devices and the 5 GHz band for 802 11a n ac devices Tip If you decide to change the WiFi settings of the modem router s main network use a wired connection to avoid being disconnected when the new WiFi settings take effect gt To view or change the basic WiFi settings 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select Wireless Manage the WiFi Network Settings 93 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Home Internet Wireless Attached Devices Parental Controls Ready SHARE Guest Network gt Region Selection Region Europe Wireless Network 2 4GHz bigin V Enable SSID Broadcast Name SSID NETGEAR47 Channel Auto v Mode Upto 145Mbps v Security Options None WPA2 PSK AES WPA PSK
95. 0 03 04 LAN access from remote from 94 192 168 0 2 56287 Saturday Mar UPnP set event Public UPNP C3 245 121 253 3544 to 21 2015 20 04 15 from source 192 168 0 245 121 253 3544 to 21 2015 20 03 36 from source 192 168 0 245 121 253 3544 to 21 2015 20 03 04 from source 192 168 0 245 121 253 3544 to 21 2015 20 02 24 from source 192 168 0 gt Advanced Setup Saturday Mar 21 2015 20 02 24 m lt E Include in Log V Attempted access to allowed sites V Attempted access to blocked sites and services Connections to the Web based interface of this Router V Router operation startup get time etc MI Known DoS attacks and Port Scans v Port Forwarding Port Triggering vi Wireless access V Automatic Internet connection reset Turn off wireless signal by schedule The Logs page shows the following information e Action The action that occurred such as whether Internet access was blocked or allowed e Source The name IP address or MAC address of the target device application or website for this log entry e Target The name IP address or MAC address of the target device application or website for this log entry e Date and time The date and time at which the action occurred To refresh the log page click the Refresh button To clear the log entries click the Clear Log button To email the log immediately click the Send Log button The modem router emails the lo
96. 6 In the IP Address field enter the LAN IP address for the modem router Inthe IP Subnet Mask field enter the LAN subnet mask for the modem router 8 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved If you changed the LAN IP address of the modem router you are disconnected when the changes take effect To reconnect close your browser relaunch it and log in to the modem router at its new LAN IP address Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 206 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Manage the Router Information Protocol Settings Router Information Protocol RIP lets the modem router exchange routing information with other routers By default RIP is enabled in both directions in and out without a particular RIP version gt To manage the RIP settings 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt LAN Setup no ADVANCED Home COED WPS Wizard v Setup Device Name Internet Setup Wireless Setup WAN Setup LAN TCPAP Setup IP Address QoS Setup Guest Network VLAN Bridge Settings gt USB Functions Security Administration
97. 6 cdr oreiaitispodadedddiesebssadebareensieca 90 Change the MTU SIZE cccsctsaeaeatecuaddddvbebebebeeieke bases ene 91 Chapter 4 Manage the WiFi Network Settings Manage the Basic WiFi Settings and WiFi Security of the Main Network 93 View or Change the Basic WiFi Settings 0000 8 93 Configure WPA WPA2 Enterprise WiFi Security 0000 98 Configure WEP Legacy WiFi Security 0 e eee eee eee eee 100 Use WPS to Add a Device to the WiFi Network 00 102 Use WPS with the Push Button Method 0005 102 Use WPS with the PIN Method 0 c cece eee eee eee aes 103 Manage the Basic WiFi Settings and WiFi Security of the Guest Network 105 Set Up and Enable a Guest Network 0 cece eee eee eee eee 105 Configure WEP Legacy WiFi Security for the Guest WiFi Network 108 Control the WiFi RAGIOS s1 5 4 4 035 s 2cc0e 0s0eteeddcedndde yhoo eeatadanaienaned 110 Use the WiFi On Off BUtION lt 2ccs0c caeuiol eebaWeasues ae aeeese dees 110 Enable or Disable the WiFi Radios 0 c cece eee eee 111 Set Upa WiFi Schedule sssiscsisssisisierini rie ee eepeesekeseseeys 112 Manage th WPS Setuin Siscwcsicasccccdsm nad nang see rri penin 114 Manage Advanced WiFi Features 0 0 e cece eee eee eee 115 Use the Modem Router as a WiFi Access Point 0005 117 Chapter 5 Control Access to the Internet
98. 600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 If the error persists a hardware problem might exist For recovery instructions or help with a hardware problem contact technical support at netgear com support Power LED Is Off If the Power LED and other LEDs remain off when you turn on the modem router do the following e Check that the Power On Off button on the back is in the on position that is it is pushed in e Check that the power cord is correctly connected to your modem router and that the power supply adapter is correctly connected to a functioning power outlet e Check that you are using the 12 VDC 2 5A power adapter that NETGEAR supplied for this product If the error persists a hardware problem might exist For recovery instructions or help with a hardware problem contact technical support at nefgear com support WiFi LED Is Off If the WiFi LED stays off check to see if both radios on the modem router are disabled see Control the WiFi Radios on page 110 By default both radios are enabled and the WiFi LED lights solid blue You Cannot Log In to the Modem Router If you are unable to log in to the modem router from a computer on your local network and use the modem router s web pages check the following e If you are using an Ethernet connected computer check the Ethernet connection between the computer and the modem router e Ifthe computer is set to a static or fixed IP address this setting is uncommon
99. ADVANCED Home page Field Description Router Information Hardware Version The modem router model Firmware Version The version of the modem router firmware If you upgrade the firmware in the modem router the version changes Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 227 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Field Description GUI Language Version The version of the modem router firmware If you upgrade the firmware on modem router the version changes LAN Port The settings of the LAN port For information about how to configure the LAN settings see Manage the Modem Router s LAN IP Address Settings on page 205 and Disable the Built In DHCP Server on page 213 MAC Address The Media Access Control MAC address This address is the unique physical address that is assigned to the Ethernet LAN port IP Address The IP address that the Ethernet LAN port uses The default IP address is 192 168 0 1 DHCP Displays whether the DHCP server of the modem router is enabled for devices that are attached to the LAN Internet Port The settings of Internet port The Internet connection can run through the DSL port with ADSL or VDSL service or through the WAN Ethernet port with cable or fiber service For information about how to configure the Internet settings see one of the following sections e Set Up Your Modem Router for DSL Service on page 21 e Set
100. AN ID that applies to the virtual Internet interface The VLAN ID can be in a range from 0 to 4094 The default VLAN ID is 0 To specify a priority for the VLAN in the Priority 802 1p field enter a value from 0 to 7 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved for the virtual Internet interface 7 Configure a VLAN for the virtual IPTV interface a b From the menu above the Enable This Interface check box select IPTV Select the Enable This Interface check box By default the check box is cleared for the virtual IPTV interface However if you already enabled the virtual IPTV interface see Chapter 3 Manage the Internet Settings Manually the check box is selected Select the Use VLANID check box Enter a VLAN ID that applies to the virtual IPTV interface The VLAN ID can be in a range from 0 to 4094 The default VLAN ID is 0 To specify a priority for the VLAN in the Priority 802 1p field enter a value from O to 7 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved for the virtual IPTV interface Set Up a Bridge for a Port Group or VLAN Tag Group Some devices such as an IPTV cannot function behind the modem router s network address translation NAT service or firewall Based on what your Internet service provider ISP requires for the device to connect to the ISP s network directly you can enable the bridge between the device and the modem router s Internet port or add new VLAN tag groups to the
101. AN interface see Change the Physical WAN Connection Preference on page 194 these settings are not disabled However these settings do not apply to a cable or fiber VPI connection and you can ignore them VCI Use VLANID Select the Use VLANID check box and enter the VLAN ID as indicated by your ISP A VLAN ID might be required if you subscribe to both Internet service and IPTV service If your ISP did not provide you with a VLAN ID leave the Use VLANID check box cleared which is the default setting For information about setting up VLAN tag groups see Set Up a Bridge for a VLAN Tag Group on page 198 Priority 802 1p Bridge Mode bind LAN4 to WAN2 Account Name If Required If your ISP provided you with a VLAN ID and a priority value enter the priority value which is a number from 0 to7 You can enter a priority value only in combination with a VLAN ID If your ISP did not provide you with a priority value leave the default setting 0 This setting is an option that applies to the IPTV interface only To bind LAN port 4 to the IPTV interface that is the WAN2 virtual interface select the Bridge Mode bind LAN4 to WAN2 check box For more information see Enable Bridge Mode for an IPTV Device on page 200 Enter the account name as indicated by your ISP This name might also be called the host name If your ISP did not provide you with an account name or host name leave this field blank Domain Name
102. BASE T 100BASE TX and 1000BASE T DSL One RJ 11 DSL port for ADSL or VDSL service WiFi Maximum WiFi signal rate complies with the IEEE 802 11 standard See the footnote for the table in Factory Settings on page 286 Radio data rates Auto rate sensing Data encoding standards e IEEE 802 11ac 2 0 e IEEE 802 11n version 2 0 e IEEE 802 11n 256QAM IEEE 802 119 IEEE 802 11b 2 4 GHz IEEE 802 11n IEEE 802 11a 5 0 GHz Maximum computers per WiFi network Limited by the amount of WiFi network traffic generated by each node typically 50 70 nodes Supplemental Information 288 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Table 6 D6400 modem router specifications continued Feature Description Operating frequency range 2 4 GHz band US 2 412 2 462 GHz Europe 2 412 2 472 GHz Australia 2 412 2 472 GHz Japan 2 412 2 472 GHz e 5 GHz band US 5 18 5 24 5 745 5 825 GHz Europe 5 18 5 24 GHz and DFS 5 25 5 35 5 47 5 725 excluding 5 60 5 65 Australia 5 18 5 24 5 745 5 825 GHz and DFS 5 25 5 35 5 47 5 725 excluding5 60 5 65 Japan 5 18 5 24 GHz 802 11 security WPA2 PSK WPA WPA2 WPA WPA2 Enterprise and WEP xDSL data rate e VDSL2 VDSL ADSL2 ADSL2 and ADSL multimode e Up to 100 Mbps both upstream and downstream e Supports Annex A L and M e Supports all VDSL2 profiles 8a 8b 8c 8d 12a 12b and 17a e Supports G INP e Enables Se
103. C address that worked before A MAC address is a unique number You can find the MAC address of the computer or router on its product label Enter the MAC address here format AABBCCDDEEFF c Enter the MAC address of the computer or router with which you previously were able to connect to the Internet You might find the MAC address on the product label of your device Enter the MAC address in the AABBCCDDEEFF format not in the AA BB CC DD EE FF format d Click the Next button 21 If the Congratulations page still does not display and the modem router still does not connect to the Internet do the following a Review all your settings Make sure that you selected the correct options and entered everything correctly b Run the Setup Wizard one more time Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 28 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 c Contact your ISP to verify that you are using the correct configuration information d Read Troubleshoot the Internet Connection on page 278 If problems persist register your NETGEAR product and contact NETGEAR technical support When the modem router connects to the Internet you are prompted to download and install the free NETGEAR Desktop genie app and the free ReadySHARE Vault app Set Up Your Modem Router for Cable or Fiber Service You can install your modem router for cable or fiber Ethernet WAN service or for DSL service If you use a cable or
104. Custom QoS Rule for an Application or Online Game 143 Create a Custom QoS Rule for a Modem Router LAN Port 145 Create a Custom QoS Rule for a MAC Address 0 2 00 eee 146 Change a Default or Custom QoS Rule 0 cece eee eee eee 149 RE move a QoS Rules ccxecs cas gacadnuaca iss ddisdanesesesasanass 151 Remove All QoS Rules 0 0 ccc ccc cet ee cee een e ne eae 151 Manage Wi Fi Multimedia Quality of Service cece eee eee ee 152 Manage Implicit Beamforming 00 c cece cee eee eens 153 Improve Network Connections with Universal Plug and Play 154 Chapter 7 Share a Storage Device USB Device Requirements 2 5 sce c cock cckencianebwaeeueeeagabeecsians 157 Connect a USB Device to the Modem Router 0 000004 157 Access a Storage Device Connected to the Modem Router 158 Back Up Windows Computers with ReadySHARE Vault 06 159 Back Up Mac Computers with Time Machine 00 cece eee 159 Set Up a USB Hard Drive on a Mac eee 159 Prepare to Back Up a Large Amount of Data 0 eee eee 160 Use Time Machine to Back Up onto a Storage Device 161 Manage Access to a Storage DEVICE ciiccdeciedci aa badass setae eenoesins 162 Enable FTP Access Within Your Network 0 0 cece seen eee ee ees 164 View Network Folders on a Device 1 1 0 0 cece cece 165 Add a Network Folder
105. DSL Modem Router Model D6400 Problem Detecting the Internet Connection This is most likely due to one of the following reasons 1 The modem wes not power cycled during the cabling step To solve this problem power cycle the modem turn it off and on To power cycle a modem with battery backup you might need to remove and reinsert its battery After the power cycle wait 2 minutes for the modem to completely start up 2 The yellow Ethernet cable is not fully inserted or is inserted in the wrong place To solve this problem make sure that the yellow Ethernet cable is securely plugged in to the broadband modem port and the router internet port just power cycled the modem and waited for 2 minutes corrected a problem with the Ethernet cable None of the above Note The option for power cycling the modem router that is stated onscreen applies to a DSL Internet connection only see Set Up Your Modem Router for DSL Service on page 21 Take one of the following actions e Ifthe yellow Ethernet cable is fully inserted in the correct places at the cable or fiber modem and at the modem router do the following a Select the None of the above radio button b Click the Next button e Ifthe yellow Ethernet cable is not fully inserted or is inserted at a wrong place do the following a Fully insert the Ethernet cable in the correct port on the cable or fiber modem and in the red Internet port on the modem router b Select the
106. Device Mode Internet Traffic Meter Enable Traffic Meter Traffic volume control by No limit Monthly limit Round up data volume for each connection by Connection time control Monthly limit Traffic Counter Restart traffic counter at 00 00 am Onthe ist day of each month Traffic Control Pop up a warning message 0 Mbytes Minutes before the monthly limitis reached When the monthly limit is reached Tum the Internet LED to flashing green amber Disconnect and disable the Internet connection Internet Traffic Statistics 6 Select the Enable Traffic Meter check box The buttons fields and check boxes on the page become available Mbytes Mbytes hours Restart Counter Now By default no traffic limit is specified and the traffic volume is not controlled 7 In the Traffic Counter section set the traffic counter to begin at a specific time and date 8 If you want the traffic counter to start immediately click the Restart Counter Now button 9 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved and the WiFi connection restarts Any WiFi devices that were connected to the network must reconnect The Internet Traffic Statistics section helps you to monitor the data traffic For more information see View the Traffic Statistics and Traffic Status on page 239 View the Traffic Statistics and Traffic Status If you enabled the traffic meter see Start the Traffic Meter Without Traffic Volume Restrictions on page 238
107. E Printer Network Device Name readyshare Workgroup Workgroup 443 Security Advanced Setup 7 P Ih Jreadyshare routerlogin net shares FTP via internet ja Available Network Folders Read Write Total Free weadyshare USB_Storage _ no Kes no Be AR pow STOREN GO 3 7G 617 7M Edit Create Network Folder X Delete Safely Remove USB Device The previous figure shows a USB device attached to the modem router In the Available Network Folders table select a device Click the Safely Remove USB Device button The device goes offline and a pop up window displays Click the OK button Physically disconnect the USB device Share a Storage Device 172 Access Storage Devices Through the Internet With Dynamic DNS you can use the Internet and a personal domain name to access a USB storage device that is attached to a USB port on the modem router when you are not home If you know the IP address of the modem router and the IP address did not change you can also access the USB storage device by using the IP address This chapter includes the following sections e Set Up and Manage Dynamic DNS e Access Storage Devices Through the Internet Note For information about how to connect the device and specify its settings see Chapter 7 Share a Storage Device 173 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Set Up and Manage Dynamic DNS Internet service providers ISPs assign num
108. ED gt Advanced Setup gt IPv6 The IPv6 page displays From the Internet Connection Type menu select DHCP Manage the Internet Settings Manually 82 8 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 a o ADVANCED Home k amp E e WPS Wizard Internet Connection Type gt Setup User Class if Required Domain Name lf Required Router s IPv6 Address On WAN Administration Not Available gt USB Functions Security wvAdvanced Setup LAN Setup Wireless Settings Router s IPv6 Address On LAN Wireless AP Not Available IP Address Assignment Port Forwarding Port Triggering Use DHCP Server Dynamic DNS Auto Config VPN Service Static Routes Use This Interface ID Remote Management H H UPnP Traffic Meter USB Settings Device Mode The modem router automatically detects the information in the following fields e Router s IPv6 Address On WAN This field shows the IPv6 address that is acquired for the modem router s WAN or Internet interface The number after the slash is the length of the prefix which is also indicated by the underline _ under the IPv6 address If no address is acquired the field displays Not Available e Router s IPv6 Address On LAN This field shows the IPv6 address that is acquired for the modem router s LAN interface The number after the slash is the length of the prefix which is also indicated by the underline _ under the IPv6 address If no addre
109. ED when data traffic is detected Disable blinking on Internet LED LAN LED Wireless LED and USB LED when data traffic is detected Turn off all LEDs except Power LED 6 To turn off all LEDs except the Power LED select the Turn off all LEDs except Power LED radio button 7 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 248 Use VPN to Access Your Network 1 You can use OpenVPN software to remotely access your modem router using virtual private networking VPN This chapter explains how to set up and use VPN access This chapter includes the following sections e Set Up a VPN Connection e Use VPN to Access the Modem Router s USB Device and Media e Use VPN to Access Your Internet Service at Home 249 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Set Up a VPN Connection A virtual private network VPN lets you use the Internet to securely access your network when you are not home This type of VPN access is called a client to gateway tunnel The computer is the client and the modem router is the gateway To use the VPN feature you must log in to the modem router and enable VPN and you must install and run VPN client software on the computer Note The modem router does not support iOS or Android VPN client software VPN uses DDNS or a static IP address to connect with your modem router To use a DDNS service register for an account with a host name some
110. Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt ADVANCED Home The ADVANCED Home page displays 6 Inthe Internet Port pane click the Show Statistics button A pop up window displays 7 Change the polling frequency or stop polling e To change the polling frequency a In the Poll Interval field enter a time in seconds b Click the Set Interval button e To stop polling click the Stop button View Renew or Release a TCP IP Internet Connection You can view information about a TCP IP Internet connection of the modem router and renew or release such a connection This information displays only if the modem router connects to the ISP network over a TCP IP connection see Specify a Cable or Fiber Connection Without a Login Requirement on page 66 To view the TCP IP Internet connection status or renew or release the TCP IP Internet connection 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Manage the Modem Router and Monitor
111. Ethernet ports Your computer connects to the local area network LAN A message might display on your computer screen to notify you that an Ethernet cable is connected Join the WiFi Network of the Modem Router Choose either the manual or the WPS method to add a WiFi device such as a computer iPhone iPad or gaming device to the WiFi network of the modem router Manual Method gt To connect a device manually to the WiFi network of the modem router 1 Make sure that the modem router has power its Power LED is lit 2 On the WiFi device that you want to connect to your modem router open the software application that manages your WiFi connections This software scans for all WiFi networks in your area 3 Look for your network and select it If you did not change the name of your network during the setup process look for the default WiFi network name SSID and select it The default SSID is on the product label N ETG EAR rea VDSL ADSL Modem Om amp amp TE Powe nte WiFi network name SSID Network Key password Designed by NETGEAR in California ina XXX XXXXX XX 4 Enter the modem router password Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 18 5 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The default WiFi password also referred to as the network key or passphrase is also on the product label Click the Connect button The device connects to the WiFi network of the mod
112. Forwarding Port Triggerin gt USB Functions ort Triggering cle Service Name Server IP Address FTP 192 0 gt Administration vAdvanced Setup Sais ine External External internal internal End Internal IP address ervice Name Start Port End Port Start Port Port Wireless Settings Wireless AP f1 EXPORTTURBO 57902 57905 57902 57905 192 168 0 214 Port Forwarding Port TagSwitching 61235 61334 192 168 0 199 Portfor ef es oa Dynamic DNS Static Routes Remote Management UPnP 6 Traffic Meter USB Settings Device Mode 6 Make sure that the Port Forwarding radio button is selected In the table select the radio button next to the service or application name 8 Click the Delete Service button The rule is removed from the table Application Example Make a Local Web Server Public If you host a web server on your local network you can use port forwarding to allow web requests from anyone on the Internet to reach your web server gt To make a local web server public 1 Assign your web server either a fixed IP address or a dynamic IP address using DHCP address reservation In this example your modem router always gives your web server an IP address of 192 168 1 55 2 On the Port Forwarding Port Triggering page configure the modem router to forward the HTTP service to the local address of your web server at 192 168 1 55 HTTP port 80 is the standard protocol for web servers Manage Port For
113. IC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt WAN Setup The WAN Setup page displays 6 In the MTU Size field enter a value from 616 to 1500 The normal MTU value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 bytes 1492 bytes for PPPoE connections or 1436 for PPTP connections 7 Click the Apply button Your change is saved Manage the Internet Settings Manually 91 Manage the WiFi Network Settings This chapter describes how you can manage the WiFi network settings of the modem router The chapter includes the following sections Manage the Basic WiFi Settings and WiFi Security of the Main Network Use WPS to Add a Device to the WiFi Network Manage the Basic WiFi Settings and WiFi Security of the Guest Network Control the WiFi Radios Set Up a WiFi Schedule Manage the WPS Settings Manage Advanced WiFi Features Use the Modem Router as a WiFi Access Point 92 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Manage the Basic WiFi Settings and WiFi Security of the Main Network The modem router comes with preset security This means that the WiFi network name SSID network key password and security option encryption protocol are preset in the factory The preset SSID and password are uniquely generated for every device to protect and maximize your WiFi security You can find the preset SSID and password on the product label see Bottom Panel Product Label on page 15 IMPORTANT NETGEAR recommends that
114. If Required Enter the domain name as indicated by your ISP If your ISP did not provide you with a domain name leave this field blank Internet IP Address Get Dynamically from ISP Your ISP uses DHCP to assign your IP address Your ISP automatically assigns these addresses Use Static IP Address Enter the IP address IP subnet mask and gateway IP address that your ISP assigned you for static IP address service The gateway is the ISP router to which your modem router connects Use IP over ATM IPoA Enter the IP address IP subnet mask and gateway IP address that your ISP assigned you for IPoA service The gateway is the ISP router to which your modem router connects Manage the Internet Settings Manually 69 12 13 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Field Description Domain Name Server DNS Address The DNS server is used to look up site addresses based on their domain names Get Automatically from ISP Your ISP uses DHCP to assign your DNS servers Your ISP automatically assigns this address Use These DNS Servers If you know that your ISP does not automatically transmit DNS addresses to the modem router during login select this option and enter the IP address of your ISP primary DNS server If a secondary DNS server address is available enter it also NAT Network Address Translation NAT allows computers on your home network to share the mode
115. Internet while allowing communication between the two The modem router provides one default outbound firewall rule It allows all access to the Internet that is the WAN You can add simple rules to prevent access to specific services and applications on the Internet In addition you can specify if a rule applies to one user a range of users or all users on your LAN The modem router lists many default services and applications that you can use in outbound rules You can also add an outbound firewall rule for a custom service or application For information about blocking specific keywords URLs or sites see Use Keywords to Block Internet Sites on page 126 This type of blocking is another aspect of the outbound firewall For information about inbound firewall rules see Manage Port Forwarding and Port Triggering on page 258 Note Service blocking means the same thing as applying outbound firewall rules Add an Outbound Firewall Rule You can add an outbound firewall rule to prevent access to a specific service or application on the Internet gt To add an outbound firewall rule 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router Control Access to the Internet 130 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The user name is admin The default password is pass
116. L ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Enter the VDSL settings as described in the following table Field Description Multiplexing Method These settings are disabled because they do not apply to a VDSL VPI connection VCI Use VLANID Select the Use VLANID check box and enter the VLAN ID as indicated by your ISP A VLAN ID might be required if you subscribe to both Internet service and IPTV service In some unusual situations a VLAN ID is required for VDSL Internet service If your ISP did not provide you with a VLAN ID leave the Use VLANID check box cleared which is the default setting For information about setting up VLAN tag groups see Set Up a Bridge for a VLAN Tag Group on page 198 Priority 802 1p If your ISP provided you with a VLAN ID and a priority value enter the priority value which is a number from 0 to7 You can enter a priority value only in combination with a VLAN ID If your ISP did not provide you with a priority value leave the default setting 0 Bridge Mode bind LAN4 to WAN2 This setting is an option that applies to the IPTV interface only To bind LAN port 4 to the IPTV interface that is the WAN2 virtual interface select the Bridge Mode bind LAN4 to WAN2 check box For more information see Enable Bridge Mode for an IPTV Device on page 200 Account Name If Required Enter the account name as indicated by your ISP This name might also be called the host n
117. Leave this setting if no reason to disable NAT Router MAC Address The Ethernet MAC address that the modem router uses on the Internet port Some ISPs register the MAC address of the network interface card in your computer when your account is first opened They accept traffic only from the MAC address of that computer This feature allows your modem router to use your computer s MAC address also called cloning Use Default Address Use Computer MAC Address Use This MAC Address Use the default MAC address The modem router captures and uses the MAC address of the computer that you are now using You must use the one computer that is registered by the ISP Enter the MAC address that you want to use By default the field displays the MAC address of the Internet port DHCP Options Vendor Class Identifier String option 60 Client Identifier String option 61 Enter the vendor class identifier VCI string as indicated by your ISP If your ISP did not provide you with a VCI string leave this field blank Enter the client identifier client ID string as indicated by your ISP If your ISP did not provide you with a client ID string leave this field blank Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Click the Test button to test your Internet connection If the NETGEAR website does not display within one minute see Troubleshoot the Internet Connection on page 278 Manage the Int
118. MM eae chudse Seoeseraa tees reie arden a a reee Ta Use VPN to Access the Modem Router s USB Device and Media Use VPN to Access Your Internet Service at Home 00000 Set Up VPN Client Internet Access in the Modem Router Block VPN Client Internet Access in the Modem Router Use a VPN Tunnel to Access Your Internet Service at Home Chapter 14 Manage Port Forwarding and Port Triggering Manage Port Forwarding to a Local Server for Services and Applications Forward Incoming Traffic for a Default Service or Application Add a Port Forwarding Rule with a Custom Service or Application Change a Port Forwarding Rule 0 eee e eee eee eee Remove a Port Forwarding Rule 0 cece eee eee ees Application Example Make a Local Web Server Public How the Modem Router Implements the Port Forwarding Rule AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Manage Port Triggering for Services and Applications 265 Addie ROPE TQGErING RULES ssr cscseseresoscnicnir taaria booted Dei 266 Change a Port Triggering RUC sia scrcswsnnedivewdviwet owed eulsn a vhs 268 Disable or Remove a Port Triggering Rule 06 269 Specify the Time Out Period for Port Triggering 05 270 Disable Port MOJEN s sooten ct end and acssors cicada aye a aus mia Rane cedar omens 271 Application E
119. NETGEAR AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 User Manual October 2015 202 11485 06 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose CA 95134 USA AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Support Thank you for purchasing this NETGEAR product You can visit www netgear com support to register your product get help access the latest downloads and user manuals and join our community We recommend that you use only official NETGEAR support resources Conformity For the current EU Declaration of Conformity visit http kb netgear com app answers detail a_id 11621 Compliance For regulatory compliance information visit http www netgear com about regulatory See the regulatory compliance document before connecting the power supply Trademarks NETGEAR Inc NETGEAR and the NETGEAR Logo are trademarks of NETGEAR Inc Any non NETGEAR trademarks are used for reference purposes only Contents Chapter 1 Hardware Overview of the Modem Router Unpack Your Modem Router 0c e cece cece eee eee eens 10 FrontiPaneliwithtilEDSs cccc es cie i000 4 cata gata wea eades eaiee esis easter 11 Back Panel with Ports Buttons and Connector 00 00 cece eee 13 Right Side Panel with WPS and WiFi On Off Buttons and USB Port 14 Bottom Panel Product Label 464 0020 0c0ntccnsvaews we rare sesqusedeaiaes 15 Chapter 2 Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network Position Your Modem Router
120. No or the I don t know radio button b Click the Next button Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 34 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Problem Detecting the Internet Connection MAC Address If you previously connected to your Internet service with a computer or another router NETGEAR Genie can use the same MAC address that worked before A MAC address is a unique number You can find the MAC address of the computer or router on its product label Enter the MAC address here format AABBCCODEEFF c Enter the MAC address of the computer or router with which you previously were able to connect to the Internet You might find the MAC address on the product label of your device Enter the MAC address in the AABBCCDDEEFF format not in the AA BB CC DD EE FF format d Click the Next button 18 If the Congratulations page still does not display and the modem router still does not connect to the Internet do the following a Review all your settings Make sure that you selected the correct options and entered everything correctly Run the Setup Wizard one more time Contact your ISP to verify that you are using the correct configuration information Read Troubleshoot the Internet Connection on page 278 If problems persist register your NETGEAR product and contact NETGEAR technical support papp When the modem router connects to the Internet you are prompted to download and install the
121. P address Your ISP automatically assigns these addresses Use Static IP Address Enter the IP address IP subnet mask and gateway IP address that your ISP assigned you for static IP address service The gateway is the ISP router to which your modem router connects Manage the Internet Settings Manually 50 14 15 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Field Description Use IP over ATM IPoA Enter the IP address IP subnet mask and gateway IP address that your ISP assigned you for IPoA service The gateway is the ISP router to which your modem router connects Domain Name Server DNS Address The DNS server is used to look up site addresses based on their domain names Get Automatically from ISP Your ISP uses DHCP to assign your DNS servers Your ISP automatically assigns this address Use These DNS Servers If you know that your ISP does not automatically transmit DNS addresses to the modem router during login select this option and enter the IP address of your ISP primary DNS server If a secondary DNS server address is available enter it also exists e Disable NAT is disabled NAT Network Address Translation NAT allows computers on your home network to share the modem router Internet connection NAT is enabled by default because it is required in most situations Select the NAT setting e Enable NAT is enabled This is the default setting
122. Parental Controls Powered by OpenDNS on your router to filter websites visited on your computers and other networked devices THE INTERNET LIVE PARENTAL CONTROLS ENABLED NETGEAR ROUTER v Set rules based on the time of day FILTERING LOW Our custom settings let you relax security settings for some users or at some times of the day Learn more 9 Click the Next button read the note and click the Next button again Control Access to the Internet 120 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Because Live Parental Controls uses free OpenDNS accounts you are prompted to log in or create a free account Setting up Live Parental Controls Welcome this setup wizard will quickly configure NETGEAR Live Parental Controls Powered by OpenDNS on your NETGEAR router In order to use Live Parental Controls you need a free OpenDNS account Do you already have one Yes use my existing OpenDNS account O No I need to create a free OpenDNS account 10 Select a radio button as follows e If you already own an OpenDNS account leave the Yes radio button selected e f you did not yet create an OpenDNS account select the No radio button If you are creating an account the Create a free OpenDNS account page displays Do the following a Complete the fields b Click the Next button After you log on or create your account the filtering level page displays 11 Select the radio button for the filtering level that you
123. R recommends that you do not attach more than one drive to each USB port for example through a USB hub Share a Storage Device 167 10 11 12 13 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Click the Browse button and in the Folder field select the folder In the Share Name field type the name of the share From the Read Access menu and the Write Access menu select the settings that you want All no password the default allows all users to access the network folder The other option is that only the admin user is allowed access to the network folder The password for admin is the same one that you use to log in to the modem router Click the Apply button The folder is added on the storage device Click the Close Window button The pop up window closes Change a Network Folder Including Read and Write Access on a USB Drive You can change network folders on storage devices connected to the USB port on the modem router gt To change a network folder 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt USB Functions gt ReadySHARE Storage Share a Storage Devic
124. Router as a WiFi Access Point You can set up the modem router to function as a WiFi access point AP on the same local network as another router When the modem router functions as a WiFi AP many router related features are disabled Tip If you want to change the modem router s function use a wired connection to avoid being disconnected when the new function takes effect gt To set up the modem router as an AP 1 Use an Ethernet cable to connect the Internet port of the modem router to a LAN port on the other router Cable the red Internet port to a LAN port on another router 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 3 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 4 Enter the modem router user name and password Manage the WiFi Network Settings 117 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Wireless AP a o ADVANCED Home sei PAC eee WPS Wizard Setup Wireless AP mode allows this device to work as a stand alone wireless access point on your existing network USB Functions Enable AP Mode Security This NETGEAR router Administration acts as a wireless AP wAdvanced Setup Wireless Settings Wireless AP Port Forwarding Port Triggering Dynamic DNS
125. Scroll down to the Does your Internet connection require a login section and select the No radio button As an example the following figure shows the settings that display when you configure a VDSL connection for the Internet interface and your Internet connection does not require a login Manage the Internet Settings Manually 58 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Home Internet Setup Wireless Attached Devices Select Country Select Internet Service Provider Parental Controls ReadySHARE Transfer Mode DSL Mode Guest Network Internet v V Enable This Interface Multiplexing Method VC BASED VPI o VCI Use VLANID Priority 802 1p Does your Internet connection require a login Yes No Account Name If Required Domain Name If Required Internet IP Address Get Dynamically from ISP Use Static IP Address IP Address IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Use IP Over ATM IPoA IP Address IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Domain Name Server DNS Address Get Automatically from ISP Use These ONS Servers Primary DNS Secondary ONS NAT Network Address Translation Enable Disable Router MAC Address Use Default Address Use Computer MAC Address 5 Use This MAC Address 80 37 73 C6 BB E8 DHCP Options Vendor Class Identifier String option 60 Class Identifier String option 61 Manage the Internet Settings Manually 59 12 AC1600 WiFi VDS
126. Select the virtual interface e Internet interface From the menu above the Enable This Interface check box leave the default menu selection at Internet In most situations you only need to configure the Internet interface e IPTV interface From the menu above the Enable This Interface check box select IPTV If you use an IPTV device you might need to configure the IPTV interface Make sure that the Enable This Interface check box is selected Scroll down to the Does your Internet connection require a login section and select the No radio button As an example the following figure shows the settings that display when you configure an ADSL connection for the Internet interface and your Internet connection does not require a login Manage the Internet Settings Manually 48 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Home Internet Setup Ca Wireless Attached Devices Select Country Select Internet Service Provider Parental Controls Ready SHARE Transfer Mode DSL Mode Guest Network Internet gt V Enable This Interface Multiplexing Method VC BASED VPI vel 35 El use VLANID Priority 802 1p Does your Internet connection require a login J Yes No Account Name if Required Domain Name If Required Internet IP Address Get Dynamically from ISP J Use Static IP Address IP Address IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address D Use IP Over ATM IPoA IP Address IP Subnet Mask
127. Settings Wireless AP Port Triggering Portmap Table __ Enabie Servicentame Service ype Inbound Connection Service User_ en of o voiceappopimizer roravev2 Tcpuorssate z64 aw E e Tripplewoozer TcP ss996 TCPwDP 23792 23798 192 168 0214 VPN Service a Remote Management UPnP IPv6 Traffic Meter USB Settings Device Mode 7 To disable the rule do the following a In the Enable column of the Port Triggering Portmap Table clear the check box next to the service or application name b Click the Apply button Your settings are saved 8 To remove the rule entirely do the following a Inthe Port Triggering Portmap Table select the radio button next to the service or application name b Click the Delete Service button The rule is removed from the Port Triggering Portmap Table Specify the Time Out Period for Port Triggering The time out period for port triggering controls how long the inbound ports stay open when the modem router detects no activity A time out period is required because the modem router cannot detect when the service or application terminates Manage Port Forwarding and Port Triggering 270 gt Vv AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 To specify the time out for port triggering 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name a
128. The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Security gt Block Sites C mse ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard Setup gt USB Functions v Security Parental Controls Access Control Block Services Schedule il Administration Advanced Setup ADVANCED an EB To learn more about advanced content filtering and keyword blocking features from NETGEAR please go to www netgear com ipc Keyword Blocking Never Per Schedule Always Type keyword or domain name here Add Keyword Block sites containing these keywords or domain names Allow trusted IP address to visit blocked sites Trusted IP Address Control Access to the Internet 129 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Scroll down and select the Allow trusted IP address to visit blocked sites check box 7 Inthe Trusted IP Address field enter the IP address of the trusted device The first three octets of the IP address are automatically populated and depend on the IP address that is assigned to the modem router on the LAN Setup page 8 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Manage Simple Outbound Firewall Rules for Services and Applications A firewall protects one network the trusted network such as your LAN from another the untrusted network such as the
129. Up Your Modem Router for Cable or Fiber Service on page 29 e Manually Set Up an ADSL Internet Connection on page 47 e Manually Set Up a VDSL Internet Connection on page 57 e Manually Set Up a Cable of Fiber Internet Connection on page 66 MAC Address The Media Access Control MAC address This address is the unique physical address that is assigned to the Internet port IP Address The IP address that the Internet port uses If this field does not display an address or displays 0 0 0 0 as the address the modem router is not connected to the Internet Connection The type of Internet connection which can be a PPPoE connection PPPoA connection fixed IP address connection or DHCP connection IP Subnet Mask The IP subnet mask that the Internet port uses Domain Name Server The IP address of the Domain Name System DNS server that the Internet uses Wireless Settings 2 4GHz The settings of the WiFi port for the 2 4 GHz band of the main network For information about how to configure the settings of the main network see Manage the Basic WiFi Settings and WiFi Security of the Main Network on page 93 Control the WiFi Radios on page 110 and Manage Advanced WiFi Features on page 115 Name SSID The WiFi network name for the 2 4 GHz band of the main network Region The location country Channel The channel that the 2 4 GHz band of the main network uses Mode The WiFi mode in which the 2 4 GH
130. Use VLANID check box and enter the VLAN ID as indicated by your ISP A VLAN ID might be required if you subscribe to both Internet service and IPTV service If your ISP did not provide you with a VLAN ID leave the Use VLANID check box cleared which is the default setting For information about setting up VLAN tag groups see Set Up a Bridge for a VLAN Tag Group on page 198 Priority 802 1p Bridge Mode bind LAN4 to WAN2 Encapsulation If your ISP provided you with a VLAN ID and a priority value enter the priority value which is a number from 0 to7 You can enter a priority value only in combination with a VLAN ID If your ISP did not provide you with a priority value leave the default setting 0 This setting is an option that applies to the IPTV interface only To bind LAN port 4 to the IPTV interface that is the WAN2 virtual interface select the Bridge Mode bind LAN4 to WAN2 check box For more information see Enable Bridge Mode for an IPTV Device on page 200 For a PPP over Ethernet PPPoE connection select PPPoE from the menu Note PPP over ATM PPPoA is not supported for a cable or fiber connection Login Enter the login name that you use to log in to your Internet service as indicated by your ISP This login name is often an email address Password Enter the password that you use to log in to your Internet service as indicated by your ISP Service Name If Required Enter the
131. Your ISP might be rejecting the Ethernet MAC addresses of all but one of your computers Many broadband ISPs restrict access by allowing traffic only from the MAC address of your modem but some additionally restrict access to the MAC address of a single computer connected to that modem In this case configure your modem router to clone or spoof the MAC address from the authorized computer see Manually Set Up an ADSL Internet Connection on page 47 Troubleshooting 284 Supplemental Information This appendix covers the following topics e Factory Settings e Technical Specifications 285 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Factory Settings You can reset the modem router to the factory default settings that are shown in the following table For more information about resetting the modem router to its factory settings see Return the Modem Router to Its Factory Default Settings on page 224 Table 5 D6400 modem router factory default settings Feature Default Settings Router login User login URL http routerlogin net http routerlogin com or http 192 168 0 1 User name case sensitive admin Login password case sensitive password Internet connection WAN MAC address Use default hardware address WAN MTU size 1500 Port speed Autosensing Local network LAN LAN IP address 192 168 0 1 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP server Enabled
132. a Server Setup Pc erresn v USB Functions Ready SHARE Storage Network Device Name Ready SHARE Printer readyshare Workgroup Workgroup Advanced Setup oo http readyshare routerlogin nevshares HTTPS via internet httos 192 168 100 150 shares Read fond Free Share Name cade access Folter namel Name Volume Name fond Space All weadyshare USB_Storage no ie no password STORE N GO 617 7M Safely Remove USB Device The previous figure shows a USB device attached to the modem router 6 In the Network Device Name field enter the name that is used to access the USB device or devices that are connected to the modem router Share a Storage Device 162 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 By default the name is readyshare 7 In the Workgroup field enter the name of the workgroup that the USB device or devices are members of By default the name is WORKGROUP The name works only in an operating system that supports NetBIOS such as Microsoft Windows If you are using a Windows workgroup rather than a domain the workgroup name is displayed here 8 Enable or disable access methods by selecting or clearing the corresponding check boxes and specifying access to the storage device as described in the following table Access Method Description Network Connection Enabled by default You can type readyshare to access the storage device within your network If you chang
133. able Select an IP Address Assignment radio button Use DHCP Server The modem router assigns IPv6 addresses to the devices on your home network the LAN through a DHCP server This method passes more information to LAN devices but some IPv6 systems might not support the DHCPv 6 client function Auto Config This is the default setting To specify the interface ID for the IPv6 address of the modem router s LAN interface select the Use This Interface ID check box and enter the interface ID If you do not specify an ID here the modem router generates one automatically from its MAC address 9 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Manage the Internet Settings Manually 77 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Set Up an IPv6 6to4 Tunnel Connection With an IPv6 connection your modem router creates a 6to4 tunnel to a remote relay router Make sure that the IPv4 Internet connection is working before you apply the 6to4 tunnel settings for the IPv6 connection Note Follow the directions that your IPv6 ISP gave you To set up an IPv6 Internet connection by using a 6to4 tunnel 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button
134. ace The number after the slash is the length of the prefix which is also indicated by the underline _ under the IPv6 address If no address is acquired the field displays Not Available e Router s IPv6 Address on LAN This field shows the IPv6 address that is acquired for the modem router s LAN interface The number after the slash is the length of the prefix which is also indicated by the underline _ under the IPv6 address If no address is acquired the field displays Not Available 7 If your ISP gave you a specific host name in the DHCP User Class If Required field enter the host name If your ISP did not give you a specific host name leave this field blank 8 To specify a domain name in the DHCP Domain Name If Required field enter a domain name If your ISP gave you a specific domain name enter it in this field For example Earthlink Cable might require a host name of home and Comcast sometimes supplies a domain name If your ISP did not give you a specific domain name you can either leave this field blank or enter the domain name of your IPv6 ISP Do not enter the domain name for the IPv4 ISP here For example if your ISP s mail server is mail xxx yyy zzz enter Xxx yyy ZZZ as the domain name Manage the Internet Settings Manually 87 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 9 Select an IP Address Assignment radio button e Use DHCP Server The modem router assigns IPv6 addresse
135. admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Security gt Block Services The following figure shows two rules in the Service Table Control Access to the Internet 134 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 a o ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard Setup Services Blocking USB Functions Per Schedule v Security Always Parental Controls Service Teble Access Control A sewcote pm a ofo amenn o j eon Seo Pele mome am a E mail Administration Add A Edit X Delete Advanced Setup In the Service Table select the radio button for the rule Click the Edit button The Block Services Setup page displays Change the settings For more information about the settings see Add an Outbound Firewall Rule for a Custom Service or Application on page 132 Click the Accept button Your settings are saved The changed rule displays in the Service Table on the Block Services page Remove an Outbound Firewall Rule You can remove an outbound firewall rule that you no longer need To remove an outbound firewall rule 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The u
136. ailable USB Devices table select the USB device that you want to approve 11 Click the Add button The USB device is added to the Approved USB Devices table 12 To approve a second USB device that is attached to the modem router repeat Step 10 and Step 11 13 Select the Allow only approved devices check box 14 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved To approve another USB device that is not connected to one of the two USB ports first remove one of the USB devices see Safely Remove a USB Device on page 171 connect the other USB device and repeat this procedure Safely Remove a USB Device Before you physically disconnect a USB device from the USB port on the modem router log in to the modem router and take the drive offline gt To remove a USB device safely 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net Share a Storage Device 171 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt USB Functions gt ReadySHARE Storage a o Faomcrione Ready SHARE Media Server Setup Wizard WPS Wizard Set Setup com v USB Functions Ready SHARE Storage Ready SHAR
137. al Server for Services and Applications If a server is part of your network you can allow certain types of incoming traffic to reach the server For example you might want to make a local web server FTP server or game server visible and available to the Internet The modem router can forward incoming traffic with specific protocols to computers on your local network You can specify the servers for applications and you can also specify a default DMZ server to which the modem router forwards all other incoming protocols see Set Up a Default DMZ Server on page 202 Forward Incoming Traffic for a Default Service or Application You can forward traffic for a default service or application to a computer on your network gt To forward incoming traffic for a default service or application 1 2 Decide which type of service application or game you want to provide Find the local IP address of the computer on your network that will provide the service The server computer must always receive the same IP address To specify this setting use the reserved IP address feature See Manage Reserved LAN IP Addresses on page 208 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the
138. also NAT Network Address Translation NAT allows computers on your home network to share the modem router Internet connection NAT is enabled by default because it is required in most situations Select the NAT setting e Enable NAT is enabled This is the default setting Leave this setting if no reason to disable NAT exists e Disable NAT is disabled Router MAC Address The Ethernet MAC address that the modem router uses on the Internet port Some ISPs register the MAC address of the network interface card in your computer when your account is first opened They accept traffic only from the MAC address of that computer This feature allows your modem router to use your computer s MAC address also called cloning Use Default Address Use the default MAC address Use Computer MAC Address The modem router captures and uses the MAC address of the computer that you are now using You must use the one computer that is registered by the ISP Use This MAC Address Enter the MAC address that you want to use By default the field displays the MAC address of the Internet port DHCP Options Vendor Class Identifier String Enter the vendor class identifier VCI string as indicated by your ISP option 60 If your ISP did not provide you with a VCI string leave this field blank Client Identifier String Enter the client identifier client ID string as indicated by your ISP option 61 If your ISP did
139. ame If your ISP did not provide you with an account name or host name leave this field blank Domain Name If Required Enter the domain name as indicated by your ISP If your ISP did not provide you with a domain name leave this field blank Internet IP Address Get Dynamically from ISP Your ISP uses DHCP to assign your IP address Your ISP automatically assigns these addresses Use Static IP Address Enter the IP address IP subnet mask and gateway IP address that your ISP assigned you for static IP address service The gateway is the ISP router to which your modem router connects Use IP over ATM IPoA Enter the IP address IP subnet mask and gateway IP address that your ISP assigned you for IPoA service The gateway is the ISP router to which your modem router connects Domain Name Server DNS Address The DNS server is used to look up site addresses based on their domain names Get Automatically from ISP Your ISP uses DHCP to assign your DNS servers Your ISP automatically assigns this address Manage the Internet Settings Manually 60 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Field Description Use These DNS Servers If you know that your ISP does not automatically transmit DNS addresses to the modem router during login select this option and enter the IP address of your ISP primary DNS server If a secondary DNS server address is available enter it
140. amless Rate Adaptation SRA e VDSL2 interface compliance with ITU T993 2 e G 992 1 G dmt Annex A compliant e G 992 2 G lite Annex A compliant e ANSI T1 413 compliant e G 992 3 ADSL2 compliant Annex A L and M e G 992 5 ADSL2 compliant supporting Annex A and M e G 993 2 compliant Annex A e G 993 5 Vectoring e ATM and PTM dual priority Supplemental Information 289
141. anage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 217 Manage the Modem Router and 1 2 Monitor the Traffic This chapter describes how you can manage the settings for administering and maintaining your modem router and monitor the network The chapter includes the following sections e Update the Firmware of the Modem Router e Manage the Configuration File of the Modem Router e Recover the admin Password e Return the Modem Router to Its Factory Default Settings e View the Status and Statistics of the Modem Router e Manage the Activity Log e View Devices Currently on the Network e Monitor and Meter Internet Traffic e Manage the Modem Router Remotely e Remotely Access the Modem Router Using the genie App e Configure the Modem Router as a DSL Modem Only e Disable LED Blinking or Turn Off LEDs For information about changing the admin password see Change the admin Password on page 37 For information about setting up password recovery see Set Up Password Recovery on page 38 218 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Update the Firmware of the Modem Router The modem router firmware is stored in flash memory You can check to see if new firmware is available and update the modem router to the new firmware You can also visit the NETGEAR support website download the firmware manually and update the modem router to the new firmware Check for New Firmware and Update the Modem Router For you to check for new firmwar
142. aring the Enable Router s PIN check box However when you disable the modem router s PIN WPS is not disabled because you can still use the physical WPS button To keep the PIN enabled and change the number of times that a PIN connection is allowed to fail before the PIN is automatically disabled enter a number in the field By default the PIN is automatically disabled after three failed connection attempts If the PIN is automatically disabled the WiFi LED on the front panel of the modem router blinks blue The PIN remains disabled until you restart the modem router Note The PIN function might temporarily be disabled automatically if the modem router detects suspicious attempts to break into the modem router s WiFi settings by using the modem router s PIN through WPS Manage the WiFi Network Settings 114 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 8 To keep the PIN enabled but disable the PIN failure security clear the To prevent PIN compromise check box 9 To allow the WiFi settings to be changed automatically when you use WPS do the following e To allow the WiFi settings to be changed for the 2 4 GHz band clear the Keep Existing Wireless Settings 2 4GHz b g n check box e To allow the WiFi settings to be changed for the 5 GHz band clear the Keep Existing Wireless Settings 5GHz a n ac check box By default these check boxes are selected NETGEAR recommends that you leave them selected If you clear these
143. assword The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt IPv6 The IPv6 page displays 6 From the Internet Connection Type menu select 6rd Tunnel Manage the Internet Settings Manually 88 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Sewer ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard Setup USB Functions Security Administration wv Advanced Setup Wireless Settings Wireless AP Port Forwarding Port Triggering Dynamic DNS VPN Service Static Routes Remote Management UPnP Traffic Meter USB Settings Device Mode ADVANCED D E E Internet Connection Type 6rd Tunnel X 6rd Configuration 6rd Prefix 6rd Prefix Length 6rd IPv4 Border Relay Address 6rd IPv4 Address Mask Length IPv6 Domain Name Server DNS Address Get Automatically from ISP Use These DNS Servers Primary DNS Secondary DNS LAN Setup Router s IPv6 Address On LAN Not Available IP Address Assignment Use DHCP Server Auto Config Use This Interface ID The modem router automatically detects the information in the Router s IPv6 Address on LAN field This field shows the IPv6 address that is acquired for the modem router s LAN interface The number after the slash is the length of the prefix which is also indicated by the underline _ under the IP
144. at Caps Lock is off when you enter this information e If you are attempting to set up your modem router behind an existing router in your network set up the modem router as a WiFi access point see Use the Modem Router as a WiFi Access Point on page 117 Troubleshoot the Internet Connection If your modem router cannot access the Internet check the DSL connection then the WAN TCP IP connection Troubleshoot the DSL Link If your modem router is unable to access the Internet first determine whether the DSL link with the service provider is working The DSL LED indicates the state of this connection DSL LED Is Green If the DSL link LED lights green the ADSL connection is good You can be confident that the service provider connected your line correctly and that your wiring is correct DSL LED Is Blinking Green If the DSL LED is blinking green your modem router is attempting to make a DSL ADSL or VDSL connection with the service provider If the modem router establishes a DSL connection the DSL LED turns solid green This connection process generally lasts several minutes If the DSL LED does not turn solid green disconnect all telephones on the line If this solves the problem reconnect the telephones one at a time being sure to use a microfilter on each telephone If the microfilters are connected correctly you can connect all your telephones If disconnecting telephones does not result in a green DSL LED a prob
145. ault password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Administration gt Router Update The Firmware Update page displays Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 220 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 8 Locate and select the firmware file on your computer a b c Click the Browse button Navigate to the firmware file The file ends in chk An example of a firmware file name is D6400 V1 0 0 22_1 0 22 chk Select the firmware file 9 Click the Upload button A WARNING To avoid the risk of corrupting the firmware do not interrupt the upload For example do not close the browser click a link or load a new page Do not turn off the modem router Wait until the modem router finishes restarting and the Power LED turns solid green A progress bar shows the progress of the firmware upload process The firmware upload process takes several minutes When the upload is complete your modem router restarts 10 Verify that the modem router runs the new firmware version a b Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK
146. aved Use VPN to Access Your Network 256 gt AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 9 Click For Windows or For Non Windows button and download the configuration files for your VPN clients 10 Unzip the configuration files and copy them to the folder where the VPN client is installed on your device For a client device with Windows 64 bit system the VPN client is installed at C Program files OpenVPN config by default Use a VPN Tunnel to Access Your Internet Service at Home To access your Internet service 1 Set up the modem router to allow VPN access to your Internet service See Set Up VPN Client Internet Access in the Modem Router on page 255 On your computer launch the OpenVPN application The OpenVPN icon displays in the Windows taskbar Right click the icon and select Connect When the VPN connection is established launch your web browser Use VPN to Access Your Network 257 Manage Port Forwarding and Port 1 4 Triggering You can use outbound firewall rules port forwarding and port triggering to set up rules for Internet traffic for services and applications You need networking knowledge to set up these features This chapter includes the following sections e Manage Port Forwarding to a Local Server for Services and Applications e Manage Port Triggering for Services and Applications 258 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Manage Port Forwarding to a Loc
147. bers called IP addresses to identify each Internet account Most ISPs use dynamically assigned IP addresses This means that the IP address can change at any time You can use the IP address to access your network remotely but most people do not know what their IP address is or when this address changes To make it easier to connect you can get a free account with a Dynamic DNS service that lets you use a domain name to access your home network To use this account you must set up the modem router to use Dynamic DNS Then the modem router notifies the Dynamic DNS service provider whenever its IP address changes When you access your Dynamic DNS account the service finds the current IP address of your home network and automatically connects you If your ISP assigns a private WAN IP address such as 192 168 x x or 10 x x x the Dynamic DNS service does not work because private addresses are not routed on the Internet Your Personal FTP Server With your customized free URL you can use FTP to access your network when you are not home through Dynamic DNS To set up your FTP server you must register fora NETGEAR Dynamic DNS DDNS service account and specify the account settings see Set Up a New Dynamic DNS Account on page 175 To set up your personal account and use FTP 1 Get your NETGEAR Dynamic DNS domain name For more information see Set Up a New Dynamic DNS Account on page 175 2 Make sure that your Internet connection is working
148. ble modem router to respond to a ping select the Respond to Ping on Internet Port check box Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Set Up a Default DMZ Server The default DMZ server feature is helpful when you are using some online games and videoconferencing applications that are incompatible with Network Address Translation NAT The modem router is programmed to recognize some of these applications and to work correctly with them but other applications might not function well In some cases one local computer can run the application correctly if the IP address for that computer is entered as the default DMZ server A WARNING DMZ servers pose a security risk A computer designated as the default DMZ server loses much of the protection of the firewall and is exposed to exploits from the Internet If compromised the DMZ server computer can be used to attack other computers on your network Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 202 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The modem router usually detects and discards incoming traffic from the Internet that is not a response to one of your local computers or a service or application for which you set up a port forwarding or port triggering rule Instead of discarding this traffic you can direct the modem router to forward the traffic to one computer on your network This computer is called the default DMZ server To set up a default DMZ server 1 Launch a
149. c 241 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 13 Select one or more of the following actions to occur when the limit is reached e Turn the Internet LED to flashing green amber This setting is optional When the traffic limit is reached the Internet LED blinks alternating green and amber e Disconnect and disable the Internet connection This setting is optional When the traffic limit is reached the Internet connection is disconnected and disabled 14 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved and the WiFi connection restarts Any WiFi devices that were connected to the network must reconnect The Internet Traffic Statistics section helps you to monitor the data traffic For more information see View the Traffic Statistics and Traffic Status on page 239 Restrict Internet Traffic by Connection Time You can record and restrict the traffic by connection time This is useful when your ISP measures your connection time To record and restrict the Internet traffic by time 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Traffic Meter Manage the Modem Rout
150. cast provides additional WiFi security but users must know the SSID to be able to join the WiFi network of the modem router Enable Video If you want to stream high definition video select this check box When this option is Network selected the modem router uses video reliability algorithms to reduce jitter and packet loss during video presentations If you do not stream videos leave this check box cleared Name SSID The SSID is the WiFi network name If you did not change the SSID the default SSID displays The default SSID is also printed on the product label see Bottom Panel Product Label on page 15 Note NETGEAR recommends that you do not change the default SSID If you must change the SSID enter a 32 character maximum case sensitive name in this field Manage the WiFi Network Settings 96 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Field Description Channel From the Channel menu select Auto for automatic channel selection or select an individual channel The default channel depends on your selection from the Region menu Note In some regions not all channels are available Do not change the channel unless you experience interference shown by lost connections or slow data transfers If this situation occurs experiment with different channels to see which one is the best Note If you use multiple WiFi access points APs reduce interference by selecting different channels for adja
151. ccur continuously or according to a schedule gt To set up keyword and domain blocking 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Security gt Block Sites Control Access to the Internet 126 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 a o ADVANCED Home Sep Wiad WPS Wizard Setup To learn more about advanced content filtering and keyword blocking features from NETGEAR please go to www netgear com ipc USB Functions Keyword Blocking Never Parental Controls Per Schedule Access Control Always Block Services Type keyword or domain name here Schedule mail Add Keyword Administration v Security Block sites containing these keywords or domain names Advanced Setup L Allow trusted IP address to visit blocked sites Trusted IP Address 6 Specify a keyword blocking option e Per Schedule Use keyword blocking according to a schedule that you set For more information see Set Up a Schedule for Keyword Blocking and Outbound Firewall Rules on page 136 e Always Use keyword blocking continuously 7 In the Type keyword or domain name here
152. ce The WiFi device displays onscreen Use WPS with the PIN Method To use the PIN method to connect a WiFi device to the modem router s WiFi network you must know the PIN of the WiFi device that you are trying to connect Manage the WiFi Network Settings 103 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 gt To let a WiFi device join the modem router s WiFi network using WPS with the PIN method 1 2 10 11 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt WPS Wizard The page displays a description of the WPS method Click the Next button The Add WPS Client page adjusts The Push Button recommended radio button is selected by default Select the PIN Number radio button Pon ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard Select a setup method Push Button recommended PIN Number gt Setup gt USB Functions This is the security PIN of the WPS client While connecting WPS enabled adapters provide a randomly generated security PIN Enter Client s PIN Next gt Security gt Administration gt Advanced Setup In the Enter Client s PIN field enter
153. ce Provider Other Do you want NETGEAR genie to help Yes No want to configure the Internet connection myself have saved the router settings in a file and want to restore the router to those settings If the Configuring the Internet Connection page displays skip to Step 14 If it does not display do the following a Inthe address field of the web browser enter www routerlogin net b When prompted enter admin for the user name and password for the password If the Configuring the Internet Connection page displays skip to Step 74 If it still does not display see Step 13 If the browser cannot display the web page do the following e Make sure that the computer is connected to one of the four Ethernet LAN ports or over WiFi to the modem router e Make sure that the Power LED of the modem router is lit green e Make sure that your browser does not cache the previous page by closing and reopening the browser e Clear the browser cache e Ifthe computer is set to a static or fixed IP address this setting is uncommon either change the computer to obtain an IP address automatically from the modem router through DHCP or change the IP address of the computer to a static or fixed IP address in the 192 168 0 2 192 168 0 254 range From the Country menu select the country in which you use the modem router From the ISP menu select the ISP that you are using If your ISP is not in the menu select Other Select th
154. cent APs NETGEAR recommends a channel spacing of four channels between adjacent APs Mode From the Mode menu select one of the following modes e Up to 289 Mbps Legacy mode This mode allows 802 11ac 802 11na and 802 11a devices to join the network but limits 802 11ac and 802 11na devices to functioning at up to 289 Mbps e Up to 600 Mbps Neighbor friendly mode for reduced interference with neighboring WiFi networks This mode allows 802 11ac 802 11na and 802 11a devices to join the network allows 802 11na devices to function at up to 600 Mbps and limits 802 11ac devices to functioning at up to 600 Mbps e Up to 1300 Mbps Performance mode This mode allows 802 11ac 802 11na and 802 11a devices to join the network and allows 802 11ac devices to function at up to 1300 Mbps The default mode depends on your selection from the Region menu Security Options This information applies to the 5 GHz WiFi network Note NETGEAR recommends that you do not change your preset security settings WPA2 PSK AES If you must change the WiFi security select one of the following WiFi security options for the modem router s WiFi network e None An open WiFi network that does not provide any security Any WiFi device can join the network NETGEAR recommends that you do not use an open WiFi network e WPA2 PSK AES This type of security is the default setting and enables WiFi devices that support WPA2Z to join the modem router s 2
155. ces are approved 1 Make sure that the USB device or devices that you want to approve are attached to the modem router 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 3 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 4 Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 5 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 6 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt USB Settings once ADVANCED Home oe g CD a WPS Wizard Setup n Enable any USB Device connected to the USB port Yes No gt USB Functions Security Administration wAdvanced Setup Wireless Settings Wireless AP Port Forwarding Port Tiggerin Dynamic DNS VPN Service Static Routes Share a Storage Device 170 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 7 Click the No radio button By default the Yes radio button is selected This setting lets you connect and access all your USB devices 8 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved 9 Click the Approved Devices button Allow only approved devices Approved USB Devices Volume Name Device Name Capacity o STORE N GO Verbatim STORE N GO 3 7GB X Delete Available USB Devices D __ Device tame Capaci STORE NGO Verbatim STORE N GO 3 7GB STORE NGO Verbatim STORE N GO 10 In the Av
156. cesses the modem routers DHCP server Reserve a LAN IP address You can assign a reserved IP address to a computer or server that requires permanent IP settings gt To reserve an IP address 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt LAN Setup Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 208 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 a o ADVANCED Home LAN gt e WPS Wizard v Setup Device Name Internet Setup Wireless Setup LAN TCPAP Setup WAN Setup IP Address 0 QoS Setup IP Subnet Mask i 255 0 Guest Network i uest H atv k RIP Direction Both VLAN Bridge Settings X RIP Version Disabled v USS Euactions 7 Use Router as DHCP Server Security Starting IP Address gt Administration Ending Address gt Advanced Setup Address Reservation De Pms _Devicename macae ce GE ELB 6 In the Address Reservation section click the Add button Address Reservation Table IP Address Device Name MAC Address 1 192 168 0 2 BusinessLaptop 60 66 66 da 66 7 IP Address MAC Address Device Name 7 Either select a device from
157. computer For information about changing these settings see Manage the Modem Router s LAN IP Address Settings on page 205 gt To open a VPN tunnel 1 Launch the OpenVPN application with administrator privileges Use VPN to Access Your Network 253 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The OpenVPN icon displays in the Windows taskbar Tip You can create a shortcut to the VPN program then use the shortcut to access the settings and select the run as administrator check box Then every time you use this shortcut OpenVPN automatically runs with administrator privileges 2 Right click the OpenVPN icon View Log Edit Config Change Password Settings Exit 3 Select Connect The VPN connection is established You can do the following e Launch a web browser and log in to your modem router e Use Windows file manager to access the modem router s USB device and download files Use VPN to Access the Modem Router s USB Device and Media gt To access a USB device and download files 1 In Windows file manager select the Network folder Organize Network and Sharing Center Add a printer Add a wireless device 4 amp Favorites 4 Computer 2 E Desktop J Downloads A NETGEARI My reaorsHare k a Recent Places amp Vault Timeline 4 Media Devices 3 a a 4 GI Libraries z lifestyle NAS ReadyNAS 104 a NETGEAR Netgearuser a ReadyOLNA 06400 di gt Documents Music 4
158. computer to a yellow Ethernet LAN port on the modem router The product package contains a yellow Ethernet cable Your computer connects to the modem router s LAN e WiFi Connect to the default WiFi network of the modem router a On your computer or WiFi device find and select the WiFi network The WiFi network name SSID is on the product label b Join the WiFi network and enter the WiFi password The password network key is on the product label Your computer or WiFi device connects to the modem router s WiFi network Note If the computer is set to a static fixed IP address this setting is uncommon either change the computer to obtain an IP address automatically from the modem router through DHCP or change the IP address of the computer to a static IP address in the 192 168 0 2 192 168 0 254 range Launch a web browser The Configuring the Internet Connection page displays Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 30 11 12 13 14 15 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 NETGEAR genie You are not yet connected to the Internet Select Country Country USA Select Internet Service Provider Internet Service Provider Other Do you want NETGEAR genie to help Yes No want to configure the Internet connection myself have saved the router settings in a file and want to restore the router to those settings If the Configuring the Internet Connection page displays skip
159. d Configure a VLAN e Set Up a Bridge for a Port Group or VLAN Tag Group e Enable Bridge Mode for an IPTV Device e Manage the WAN Security Settings e Set Up a Default DMZ Server e Manage IGMP Proxying e Manage NAT Filtering e Manage the SIP Application Level Gateway e Manage the Modem Router s LAN IP Address Settings e Manage the Router Information Protocol Settings e Manage Reserved LAN IP Addresses e Change the Modem Router s Device Name e Manage the DHCP Server Address Pool e Disable the Built In DHCP Server e Set Up and Manage Custom Static Routes For information about the IPv4 Internet settings IPV6 settings and MTU size see Chapter 3 Manage the Internet Settings Manually 193 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Change the Physical WAN Connection Preference The modem router can autodetect the type of WAN connection However you can also set the WAN connection preference manually to either the DSL port or the Ethernet WAN port Note The modem router does not support load balancing over ADSL and Ethernet WAN interfaces Only one WAN interface either the DSL port or the Ethernet WAN port can be active at any time gt To change the WAN connection preference 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The
160. d a network folder 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt USB Functions gt ReadySHARE Storage Share a Storage Device 166 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Lo i ADVANCED H Ready SHARE Media Server Setup Wizard WPS Wizard Set Setup Pc retresn v USB Functions ReadySHARE Storage Ready SHARE Printer readyshare Workgroup Security Network Connection weadyshare Administration Advanced Setup E me enana a Available Network Folders Read Total Free fireadysnareuse storage no Et word STORE N GO 617 7M All 7 Edit Create Network Folder X Delete Safely Remove USB Device The previous figure shows a USB device attached to the modem router In the Available Network Folders table select a device Click the Create Network Folder button reate Network Folder seats paar ener a eae Close Window If this pop up window does not display your web browser might be blocking pop ups If it is change the browser settings to allow pop ups From the USB Device menu select the USB drive Note NETGEA
161. d devices displays This list includes the name admin when you log in as admin From the Apple menu select System Preferences Open Time Machine Click the Select Backup Disk button and select your USB device from the list Click the Use for Backup button Note If you do not see the USB partition that you want in the Time Machine disk list go to Mac finder and click that USB partition It displays in the Time Machine list When prompted to enter your name and password select the Guest radio button and click the Connect button When the setup is complete the Mac automatically schedules a full backup You can back up immediately if you want Share a Storage Device 161 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Manage Access to a Storage Device You can specify the device name workgroups and network folders for a storage device connected to the USB port on the modem router gt To specify the storage device access settings 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt USB Functions gt ReadySHARE Storage LL oe ADVANCED Home ADVANCED Home Ready SHARE Medi
162. d in the following table Field Description Name Enter a name for the VLAN tag group The name can be up to 10 characters VLAN ID Enter a value from 1 to 4094 Priority Enter a value from 0 to 7 Select the check box for a wired LAN port or WiFi port If your device is connected to an Ethernet port on the modem router select the LAN port check box that corresponds to the Ethernet port on the modem router to which the device is connected If your device is connected to your modem router s WiFi network select the WiFi check box that corresponds to the modem router s WiFi network to which the device is connected Note You must select at least one LAN port or WiFi port You can select more than one port 9 Click the Add button The VLAN tag group is added Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 199 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 10 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Enable Bridge Mode for an IPTV Device The modem router provides one physical DSL WAN interface and one physical Ethernet WAN interface either one or the other is enabled for Internet service Whichever physical WAN interface is enabled it can be divided into two virtual interfaces the Internet interface and the IPTV interface This section refers to these virtual interfaces For information about changing the physical WAN interfaces see Change the Physical WAN Connection Preference on pag
163. d is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt ADVANCED Home The ADVANCED Home page displays In the Internet Port pane click the Connection Status button The Connection Status pop up window displays The fields that display depend on the type of connection PPPoE or PPPoA The following table describes the fields of the Connection Status pop up window Field Description Connection Time The time elapsed since the connection was established Connection Status The status can be Connected or Disconnected Negotiation The negotiation can be a series of dashes which indicates that the connection is not established or successful Success Authentication The authentication can be a series of dashes which indicates that the connection is not established or successful Success Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 234 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Field Description IP Address The IP address that is assigned by the ISP to the modem router Subnet Mask The subnet mask that is assigned by the ISP to the modem router To establish the Internet connection when the connection is down click the Connect button To terminate the Internet connection when the connection is active click the Disconnect button Click the Close Window button The pop up window c
164. d not change the SSID the default SSID displays The default SSID is also printed on the product label see Bottom Panel Product Label on page 15 Note NETGEAR recommends that you do not change the default SSID If you must change the SSID enter a 32 character maximum case sensitive name in this field Channel Mode From the Channel menu select Auto for automatic channel selection or select an individual channel The default selection is Auto Note In some regions not all channels are available Do not change the channel unless you experience interference shown by lost connections or slow data transfers If this situation occurs experiment with different channels to see which one is the best Note If you use multiple WiFi access points APs reduce interference by selecting different channels for adjacent APs NETGEAR recommends a channel spacing of four channels between adjacent APs for example use Channels 1 and 5 or 6 and 10 From the Mode menu select one of the following modes e Up to 54 Mbps Legacy mode This mode allows 802 11n 802 119 and 802 11b devices to join the network but limits 802 11n devices to functioning at up to 54 Mbps e Up to 145 Mbps Neighbor friendly mode for reduced interference with neighboring WiFi networks This mode allows 802 11n 802 119 and 802 11b devices to join the network but limits 802 11n devices to functioning at up to 145 Mbps This mode is the default mode e Up t
165. d the modem router does not expect to receive such a packet or the packet is not in the connection record the modem router blocks this packet This function works in two modes In secured mode the modem router inspects both TCP and UDP packets In open mode the modem router inspects UDP packets only IPv6 addresses are denoted by eight groups of hexadecimal quartets that are separated by colons You can reduce any four digit group of zeros within an IPv6 address to a single zero or omit it The following errors invalidate an IPv6 address e More than eight groups of hexadecimal quartets e More than four hexadecimal characters in a quartet e More than two colons in a row Set Up an IPv6 Connection Through Auto Detect If you are not sure what type of IPv6 connection the modem router uses use the Auto Detect connection type which lets the modem router detect the IPv6 type that is in use gt To set up an IPv6 Internet connection through auto detection 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Manage the Internet Settings Manually 76 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup
166. default setting of the Connection Mode menu is Always On to provide a steady IPv6 connection The modem router never terminates the connection If the connection is terminated for example when the modem is turned off the modem router attempts to reestablish the connection immediately after the PPPoE connection becomes available again Manage the Internet Settings Manually 85 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 10 Select an IP Address Assignment radio button e Use DHCP Server The modem router assigns IPv6 addresses to the devices on your home network the LAN through a DHCP server This method passes more information to LAN devices but some IPv6 systems might not support the DHCPV 6 client function This is the default setting e Auto Config The modem router automatically configures its IPv6 address based on the IPv6 protocol 11 To specify the interface ID for the IPv6 address of the modem router s LAN interface select the Use This Interface ID check box and enter the interface ID If you do not specify an ID here the modem router generates one automatically from its MAC address 12 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Set Up an IPv6 Connection Through Auto Config If your Internet connection does not use PPPoE DHCP a fixed IP address or pass through but is IPv6 use the Auto Config connection type which lets the modem router autoconfigure its IPv6 connection To set up an IPv6 Inter
167. dy SHARE Printer Media Server Network Device Name readyshare Workgroup Workgroup Administration Network Connection Weadyshare Security Advanced Setup af e htto readyshare routerlogin netshares so HTTPS via intenet 443 fip readyshare routerlogin nevshares ren rlogin FTP via internet Available Network Folders Read Total Free Share Name Access Fa Folder Name Volume Name Space Space All All o weadyshare USB_Storage _ no password no password STORE N GO 617 7M Edit Create Network Folder X Delete Safely Remove USB Device Share a Storage Device 165 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The previous figure shows a USB device attached to the modem router The Available Networks Folder section shows the following settings e Share Name The default share name is USB_Storage e Read Access and Write Access The permissions and access controls on the network folder All no password the default allows all users to access the network folder The password for admin is the same one that you use to log in to the modem router e Folder Name Full path of the network folder e Volume Name Volume name from the storage device e Total Space and Free Space The current utilization of the storage device Add a Network Folder on a Storage Device You can add network folders on a storage device connected to the USB port on the modem router gt To ad
168. e 168 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 a oe ADVANCED Home ADVANCEDHome Ready SHARE Media Server Setup Wizard WPS Wizard JSB Storage Advanced Settings Setup Pc neren v USB Functions ReadySHARE Storage Ready SHARE Printer readyshare Workgroup E Enabie AccessMethod um Joon Administration E Network Connection weadyshare HTP _ htotreadrshare routerioain netshares E freee aenean fee ieman anana A E irven emseuunscomaas e Available Network Folders Read hese Free ee e e eee Edit Create Network Folder Safely Remove USB Device Advanced Setup The previous figure shows a USB device attached to the modem router 6 In the Available Network Folders table select a device 7 Click the Edit button Edit Network Folder EEREN S ooo ann ra eer PETE Apply Close Window 8 Change the settings in the fields as needed For more information about the settings see Add a Network Folder on a Storage Device on page 166 9 Click the Apply button Share a Storage Device 169 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Your settings are saved 10 Click the Close Window button The pop up window closes Approve USB Devices For more security you can set up the modem router to share only USB devices that you approve gt To allow approved USB devices only to connect to the modem router and specify which USB devi
169. e bind LAN4 to WAN2 check box The LAN 4 port is bound to the virtual IPTV interface 10 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Manage the WAN Security Settings The WAN security settings include port scan protection and denial of service DoS protection which can protect your LAN against attacks such as Syn flood Smurf Attack Ping of Death and many others By default DoS protection is disabled and a port scan is rejected Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 201 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 You can also enable the modem router to respond to a ping to its WAN Internet port This feature allows your modem router to be discovered Enable this feature only as a diagnostic tool or if a specific reason exists gt To change the default WAN security settings 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt WAN Setup The WAN Setup page displays To enable port scan and DoS protection clear the Disable Port Scan and DoS Protection check box Note Enabling port scan and DoS protection might affect the performance of the modem router To ena
170. e check box In some situations you might want to set up a static route but keep it disabled until a later time By default the Active check box is selected and a route becomes active after you click the Apply button Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 215 9 10 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Enter the settings as described in the following table Field Description Destination IP Enter the IP address for the final destination of the route Address IP Subnet Mask Enter the IP subnet mask for the final destination of the route If the destination is a single host enter 255 255 255 255 Gateway IP Enter the IP address of the gateway Address The IP address of the gateway must be on the same LAN segment as the modem router Metric Enter a number from 1 through 15 This value represents the number of routers between your network and the destination Usually a setting of 2 or 3 works but if this is a direct connection set it to 1 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved The static route is added to the table on the Static Routes page Change a Static Route You can change an existing static route To change a static route 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name i
171. e enter it also NAT Network Address Translation NAT allows computers on your home network to share the modem router Internet connection NAT is enabled by default because it is required in most situations Select the NAT setting e Enable NAT is enabled This is the default setting Leave this setting if no reason to disable NAT exists e Disable NAT is disabled Router MAC Address The Ethernet MAC address that the modem router uses on the Internet port Some ISPs register the MAC address of the network interface card in your computer when your account is first opened They accept traffic only from the MAC address of that computer This feature allows your modem router to use your computer s MAC address also called cloning Use Default Address Use the default MAC address Manage the Internet Settings Manually 56 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Field Description Use Computer MAC Address The modem router captures and uses the MAC address of the computer that you are now using You must use the one computer that is registered by the ISP Use This MAC Address Enter the MAC address that you want to use By default the field displays the MAC address of the Internet port 14 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved 15 Click the Test button to test your Internet connection If the NETGEAR website does not display within one minute see Troubleshoot
172. e the modem router must be connected to the Internet gt To check for new firmware and update your modem router 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Administration gt Router Update The Firmware Update page displays Click the Check button The modem router detects new firmware if any is available and displays a message asking if you want to download and install it To download and install the new firmware click the Yes button The modem router locates the firmware downloads it and begins the update A WARNING To avoid the risk of corrupting the firmware do not interrupt the upload For example do not close the browser click a link or load a new page Do not turn off the modem router Wait until the modem router finishes restarting and the Power LED turns solid green A progress bar shows the progress of the firmware upload process The firmware upload process takes several minutes When the upload is complete your modem router restarts Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 219 8 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Verify that the mode
173. e your Netflix account might work at home but not in a different country Set Up VPN Client Internet Access in the Modem Router By default the modem router is set up to allow VPN connections only to your home network but you can change the setting to allow Internet access Accessing the Internet remotely through a VPN might be slower than accessing the Internet directly gt To allow VPN clients to use your home Internet service 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt VPN Service The VPN page displays 6 Select the Enable VPN Service radio button Use VPN to Access Your Network 255 Vv Ta 10 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Scroll down to the Clients will use this VPN connection to access section and select the All sites on the Internet amp Home Network radio button When you access the Internet with the VPN connection instead of using a local Internet service you use the Internet service from your home network Note By default the Auto radio button is selected The Auto option uses an automatic detection system that enables VPN access
174. e 194 The modem router uses the virtual Internet interface for regular Internet service Some devices such as an IPTV cannot function behind the modem router s network address translation NAT service or firewall In such a situation the modem router can use the virtual IPTV interface for Internet Protocol television IPTV service By default the virtual Internet interface is enabled and the virtual IPTV interface is disabled In most cases if you are not subscribed to IPTV service you do not need to enable the virtual IPTV interface Based on what your Internet service provider ISP requires for a device such as an IPTV to connect to the ISP s network directly you can enable the bridge between the device and the modem router s virtual IPTV interface In bridge mode the LAN 4 port on the back panel of the modem router is bound to the virtual IPTV interface In bridge mode you must connect the device to LAN port 4 If your ISP provides IPTV service in addition to regular Internet service and you are subscribed to IPTV you might need to configure and enable the IPTV virtual interface You might also need to configure one or more VLANs and set up a bridge e For information about configuring VLANs see Enable and Configure a VLAN on page 194 e For information about setting up a bridge see Set Up a Bridge for a Port Group or VLAN Tag Group on page 196 For information about enabling and configuring the virtual IPTV interface se
175. e 82 e PPP over Ethernet For more information see Set Up an IPv6 PPPoE Connection on page 84 e Auto Config For more information see Set Up an IPv6 Connection Through Auto Config on page 86 e 6rd tunnel For more information see Set Up an IPv6 6rd Tunnel Connection on page 88 Manage the Internet Settings Manually 75 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Which connection type you must use depends on your IPv6 ISP Follow the directions that your IPv6 ISP gave you e If your ISP did not provide details use the 6to4 tunnel connection type see Set Up an IPv6 6to4 Tunnel Connection on page 78 e If you are not sure what type of IPv6 connection the modem router uses use the Auto Detect connection type which lets the modem router detect the IPv6 type that is in use see Set Up an IPv6 Connection Through Auto Detect on page 76 e If your Internet connection does not use PPPoE DHCP a fixed IP address or pass through but is IPv6 use the Auto Config connection type which lets the modem router autoconfigure its IPv6 connection see Set Up an IPv6 Connection Through Auto Config on page 86 When you enable IPv6 and select any connection type other than IPv6 pass through the modem router starts the stateful packet inspection SPI firewall function on the WAN interface The modem router creates connection records and checks every inbound IPv6 packet If the inbound packet is not destined to the modem router itself an
176. e Delete button The QoS rule is removed Remove All QoS Rules You can permanently remove all custom and default QoS rules A WARNING If you remove all QoS rules both the custom and default QoS rules are permanently removed The only way to get the default QoS rules back is by returning the modem router to factory default settings gt To remove all QoS rules 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Optimize Performance 151 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 5 Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt QoS Setup The QoS Setup page displays 6 Scroll down and click the Delete All button All QoS rules are permanently removed Manage Wi Fi Multimedia Quality of Service Wi Fi Multimedia Quality of Service WMM QoS prioritizes WiFi voice and video traffic over the WiFi link WMM QoS prioritizes WiFi data packets from different applications based on four access categories voice video best effort and background For an application to receive the benefits of WMM QoS WMM must be enabled on both the application and the client running that application Legacy applications that do not support
177. e Use VLANID check box and enter the VLAN ID as indicated by your ISP A VLAN ID might be required if you subscribe to both Internet service and IPTV service If your ISP did not provide you with a VLAN ID leave the Use VLANID check box cleared which is the default setting For information about setting up VLAN tag groups see Set Up a Bridge for a VLAN Tag Group on page 198 Priority 802 1p If your ISP provided you with a VLAN ID and a priority value enter the priority value which is a number from 0 to7 You can enter a priority value only in combination with a VLAN ID If your ISP did not provide you with a priority value leave the default setting 0 Bridge Mode bind LAN4 to WAN2 This setting is an option that applies to the IPTV interface only To bind LAN port 4 to the IPTV interface that is the WAN2 virtual interface select the Bridge Mode bind LAN4 to WAN2 check box For more information see Enable Bridge Mode for an IPTV Device on page 200 Account Name If Required Enter the account name as indicated by your ISP This name might also be called the host name If your ISP did not provide you with an account name or host name leave this field blank Domain Name If Required Enter the domain name as indicated by your ISP If your ISP did not provide you with a domain name leave this field blank Internet IP Address Get Dynamically from ISP Your ISP uses DHCP to assign your I
178. e Yes radio button Click the Next button The Setup Wizard searches your Internet connection for servers and protocols to determine your ISP configuration Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 24 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Detecting the Internet Connection This process can take up to six minutes please wait Note If you are connected over WiFi to the modem router you might be disconnected during the setup process If this situation occurs just reconnect to the modem router and refresh the modem router s web page When the modem router is connected to the Internet the Congratulations page displays and you successfully completed the setup process If the Congratulations page does not display other pages might display and you might need to provide more information in which case you must continue with the next step The pages that display depend on your type of ISP connection and configuration You are successfully connected to the Internet This router is preset with the following unique wireless network name SSID and network key password 2 4GHz Wireless Network Name SSID NETGEAR23 Wireless Network Key Password jaggedtrumpet276 5GHz Wireless Network Name SSID NETGEAR23 5G Wireless Network Key Password jaggedtrumpet276 18 Only if you are using an ADSL connection and the following page displays Specify a full scan to let the Setup Wizard find the PVC protocol
179. e able to enter information in the Monthly limit field In the Traffic Counter section set the traffic counter to begin at a specific time and date In the Traffic Control section enter a value in minutes to specify when the modem router issues a warning message before the monthly limit in hours is reached This setting is optional The modem router issues a warning when the balance falls under the minutes that you enter By default the value is 0 and no warning message is issued Select one or more of the following actions to occur when the limit is reached e Turn the Internet LED to flashing green amber This setting is optional When the traffic limit is reached the Internet LED alternates blinking green and amber e Disconnect and disable the Internet connection This setting is optional When the traffic limit is reached the Internet connection is disconnected and disabled Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 243 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The Internet Traffic Statistics section helps you to monitor the data traffic For more information see View the Traffic Statistics and Traffic Status on page 239 Unblock the Traffic Meter After the Traffic Limit Is Reached If you configured the traffic meter to disconnect and disable the Internet connection after the traffic limit is reached you cannot access the Internet until you unblock the t
180. e displays In the Internet Port pane click the Connection Status button The Connection Status pop up window displays Click the Connect button The modem router attempts to reconnect If you cannot connect after several minutes you might be using an incorrect service name user name or password Or your ISP might not be able to provide an Internet connection Unless you connect manually the modem router does not authenticate using PPPoE or PPPoA until data is transmitted to the network Troubleshoot Internet Browsing If your modem router can obtain an IP address but your computer is unable to load any web pages from the Internet it might be for one of the following reasons The traffic meter is enabled and the limit was reached By configuring the traffic meter not to block Internet access when the traffic limit is reached you can resume Internet access see Unblock the Traffic Meter After the Traffic Limit ls Reached on page 244 If your ISP sets a usage limit they might charge you for the overage Troubleshooting 281 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Your computer might not recognize any DNS server addresses A DNS server is a host on the Internet that translates Internet names such as www addresses to numeric IP addresses Typically your ISP provides the addresses of one or two DNS servers for your use If you entered a DNS address when you set up the modem router reboot your computer and verif
181. e genie feature you must update your rmodem router s firmware to the latest firmware and download the latest genie app for your computers or mobile device To download the latest genie app for your computer or mobile device visit www NETGEAR com genie For more information about how to set up remote access using the genie app visit http kb netgear com app answers detail a_id 26253 Configure the Modem Router as a DSL Modem Only By default the modem router functions both as a modem and a router You can change the operation mode to a mode in which the modem router functions as a DSL modem only with the routing firewall wireless support and traffic meter features disabled A typical use of such a mode is when the modem router is used for DSL connectivity only behind a router firewall or security device manager that provides routing firewall wireless support and traffic meter features Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 246 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 gt To configure the modem router as a DSL modem only 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt
182. e one of the following sections e Manually Set Up an ADSL Internet Connection on page 47 e Manually Set Up a VDSL Internet Connection on page 57 e Manually Set Up a Cable of Fiber Internet Connection on page 66 gt To enable bridge mode for an IPTV device 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the modem router user name and password Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 200 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select Internet 6 The Internet Setup page displays 7 From the menu above the Enable This Interface check box select IPTV Home gt a 3 D E D Wireless gt Attached Devices gt Select Country USA Select Internet Service Provider Other Parental Controls Ready SHARE Transfer Mode ATM Guest Network DSL Mode Auto IPTV Enable This Interface Multiplexing Method LLC BASED VPI VCI Use VLANID Priority 0 7 Bridge Mode bind LAN4 to WAN2 The previous figure shows only the top of the Internet Setup page 8 Make sure that the Enable This Interface check box is selected for the IPTV interface If you already enabled and configured the IPTV interface the check box is selected 9 Select the Bridge Mod
183. e the name in the Network Device Name field from readyshare to another name the link changes accordingly HTTP HTTPS via internet Enabled by default You can type http readyshare routerlogin net shares to access the USB device within your network and download or upload files In this URL readyshare is the name that is specified in the Network Device Name field If you change the name in the Network Device Name field from readyshare to another name the link changes accordingly You can also click the link that is shown in the Link column The fixed port is number is 80 Disabled by default If you enable this feature remote users can type https lt public IP address gt lt shares gt to access the USB device over the Internet lt public IP address gt is the external or public IP address that is assigned to the modem router for example 1 1 10 102 This feature supports file uploading only The default port is number 443 which you can change FTP Enabled by default You can type ftp readyshare routerlogin net shares to access the USB device within your network and download or upload files In this URL readyshare is the name that is specified in the Network Device Name field If you change the name in the Network Device Name field from readyshare to another name the link changes accordingly You can also click the link that is shown in the Link column The fixed port is number is 21 FTP via internet
184. e your WiFi device near the modem router but at least 6 feet 1 8 meters away and see if the signal strength improves Make sure that the WiFi signal is not blocked by objects between the modem router and your WiFi device e Make sure that the WiFi LED on the modem router is not off If this LED is off both WiFi radios might be disabled For more information about the WiFi radios see Control the WiFi Radios on page 110 Troubleshooting 275 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Table 4 Quick tips for troubleshooting Problem Possible Solution You cannot connect over WiFi e Make sure that the modem router s SSID broadcast is not disabled to the modem router If the modem router s SSID broadcast is disabled the WiFi network name is continued hidden and does not display in your WiFi device s scanning list To connect to a hidden network you must enter the network name and the WiFi password For more information about the SSID broadcast see Manage the Basic WiFi Settings and WiFi Security of the Main Network on page 93 e Make sure that your WiFi device does not use a static IP address but is configured to receive an IP address automatically with DHCP For most devices DHCP is the default setting Troubleshoot with the LEDs When you turn on the power the LEDs light as described here 1 When power is first applied the Power LED lights solid amber 2 After about 50 second
185. ee Change the Physical WAN Connection Preference on page 194 If you do not the DSL settings take precedence over the cable or fiber settings However NETGEAR recommends that you connect only the modem that you intend to use for your Internet connection a DSL modem cable modem or fiber modem Specify a Cable or Fiber Connection Without a Login Requirement If you want to manually configure the cable or fiber connection settings use the information that your ISP gave you to connect to your Internet service If you cannot find this information contact your ISP Entering incorrect information might prevent the modem router from connecting to the Internet The modem router provides a virtual Internet interface and a virtual IPTV interface In most situations you only need to configure the Internet interface If you use an IPTV device you might also need to configure the IPTV interface Follow the directions that your ISP gave you Manage the Internet Settings Manually 66 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Note If you must configure the IPTV interface first use the following procedure to configure the Internet interface Then repeat the procedure to configure the IPTV interface gt To view or specify the settings for a cable or fiber Internet connection that does not require a login 1 2 10 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin
186. el D6400 Play Media from a USB Device on TiVo gt a You can set up your TiVo to access media files stored on a USB device that is connected to your modem router The TiVo must be on the same network as the modem router This feature supports the following file formats e Video See and play mpeg1 and mpeg files e Music See and play MP3 files e Pictures View images in jpg format You can use the TiVo Series 2 and up Home Media Option to play photos and music on your Windows or Mac computer in your TiVo user interface To set up the modem router to work with TiVo 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt USB Storage gt Media Server The Media Server Settings page displays 6 Make sure that the Enable TiVo support check box is selected N If you changed the setting click the Apply button Your settings are saved To play videos 1 On the TiVo select TiVo Central gt My Shows My Shows Watcl Find Shows Video on Demand Music gt Settings amp 2 Go to the bottom of the list and select the D6400 In the following figure the page shows not D6400 but R8000
187. eless Settings Wireless AP Port Forwarding Port Triggering Dynamic DNS VPN Service Static Routes Remote Management UPnP IPv6 Traffic Meter USB Settings vice M Advanced Wireless Settings 2 4GHz bi g n V Enable Wireless Router Radio V Enable 20 40 MHz Coexistence Fragmentation Length 256 2346 2346 CTSI RTS Threshold 1 2347 2347 Preamble Mode Long Preamble v E Tum off wireless signal by schedule The wireless signal is scheduled to turn off during the following time period ELIB Advanced Wireless Settings 5GHz a n ac V Enable Wireless Router Radio Fragmentation Length 256 2346 2346 CTS RTS Threshold 1 2347 2347 Preamble Mode Long Preamble v E Turn off wireless signal by schedule The wireless signal is scheduled to turn off during the following time period Peroa san ea Recuroncepaiom CE oe ELB The previous figure does not show the bottom of the Wireless Settings page Manage the WiFi Network Settings 111 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Do one of the following in the Advanced Wireless Settings 2 4GHz b g n section Advanced Wireless Settings 6GHz 802 11a n ac section or both sections e Turn off the radio Clear the Enable Wireless Router Radio check box If both radios are disabled the WiFi LED turns off see Front Panel with LEDs on page 11 e Turn on the radio Select the Enable Wireless Router Radio check box If you enable at least one radio t
188. em router Wi Fi Protected Setup Method Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS is a standard for easily adding computers and other devices to a home network while maintaining security To use WPS Push N Connect make sure that all WiFi devices to be connected to the network are Wi Fi certified and support WPS During the connection process the client gets the security settings from the modem router so that every device in the network supports the same security settings gt To use WPS to connect a device to the WiFi network of the modem router 1 2 3 4 Make sure that the modem router has power its Power LED is lit Check the WPS instructions for your computer or wireless device Press the WPS button on the side panel of the modem router for three seconds Within two minutes press the WPS button on your WiFi device or follow the WPS instructions that came with the device The WPS process automatically sets up the device with the network password and connects the device to the WiFi network of the modem router For more information see Use WPS to Add a Device to the WiFi Network on page 102 Types of Logins Separate types of logins serve different purposes This section describes the differences so that you know which login to use when Types of logins ISP login The login that your Internet service provider ISP gave you logs you in to your Internet service Your ISP gave you this login information in a letter or some other
189. enie runs on any device with a web browser For more information see Set Up Your Modem Router for Cable or Fiber Service on page 29 Note After initial installation and setup the NETGEAR genie Setup Wizard is always accessible to assist you with setting up an installation with DSL service or an installation with cable or fiber service For more information see Use the Internet Setup Wizard After Initial Setup on page 42 Whether you install your modem router for DSL service or for cable or fiber service you can always use the modem router s web pages to set up your modem router manually Before you start the setup process get your ISP information and make sure that the settings that are described here are specified for the computers and devices in the network When your Internet service starts your Internet service provider ISP typically gives you all the information that you need to connect to the Internet For DSL service you might need the following information to set up your modem router e The ISP configuration information for your DSL account e ISP login name and password e Fixed or static IP address settings special deployment by ISP this setting is rare If you cannot locate this information ask your ISP to provide it When your Internet connection is working you no longer need to launch the ISP login program on your computer to access the Internet When you start an Internet application your modem router automat
190. er and Monitor the Traffic 242 11 12 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 on ADVANCED Home I Setup Wizard WPS Wizard gt Setup gt USB Functions Security gt Administration vAdvanced Setup Wireless Settings Wireless AP Port Forwarding Port Triggering Dynamic DNS VPN Service Static Routes Remote Management UPnP IPv6 Usi ttin Device Mode Internet Traffic Meter Enable Traffic Meter Traffic volume control by No limit Monthly limit Round up data volume for each connection by Connection time control Monthly limit Traffic Counter Restart traffic counter at 00 00 am Onthe ist day of each month Traffic Control Pop up a warning message 0 Mbytes Minutes before the monthly limitis reached When the monthly limit is reached Turn the Internet LED to flashing green amber Disconnect and disable the Internet connection Mbytes Mbytes hours Internet Traffic Statistics Select the Enable Traffic Meter check box The buttons fields and check boxes on the page become available By default no traffic limit is specified and the traffic volume is not controlled Select the Connection time control radio button Note The modem router must be connected to the Internet for you to be able to select the Connection time control radio button In the Monthly limit field enter how many hours per month are allowed Note The modem router must be connected to the Internet for you to b
191. er broadcasts its UPnP information This value can range from 1 to 1440 minutes The default period is 30 minutes Shorter durations ensure that control points detect current device status at the expense of more network traffic Longer durations can compromise the freshness of the device status but can significantly reduce network traffic Enter the advertisement time to live in hops The time to live for the advertisement is measured in hops steps for each UPnP packet sent Hops are the steps a packet takes between routers The number of hops can range from 1 to 255 The default value for the advertisement time to live is 4 hops which should be fine for most home networks If you notice that some devices are not being updated or reached correctly it might be necessary to increase this value Click the Apply button Optimize Performance 154 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The UPnP Portmap Table displays the IP address of each UPnP device that is accessing the modem router and which ports internal and external that device opened The UPnP Portmap Table also displays what type of port is open and whether that port is still active for each IP address 10 To refresh the information in the UPnP Portmap Table click the Refresh button Optimize Performance 155 Share a Storage Device This chapter describes how to access and manage a storage device attached to your modem router ReadySHARE lets you acces
192. erates one automatically from its MAC address 11 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Manage the MTU Size The maximum transmission unit MTU is the largest data packet a network device transmits MTU Concepts When one network device communicates across the Internet with another the data packets travel through many devices along the way If a device in the data path uses a lower MTU setting than the other devices the data packets must be split or fragmented to accommodate the device with the smallest MTU The best MTU setting for NETGEAR equipment is often the default value In some situations changing the value fixes one problem but causes another Leave the MTU unchanged unless one of these situations occurs e You experience problems connecting to your ISP or other Internet service and the technical support of either the ISP or NETGEAR recommends changing the MTU setting These web based applications might require an MTU change A secure website that does not open or displays only part of a web page Yahoo email MSN portal America Online s DSL service e You use VPN and experience severe performance problems e You used a program to optimize MTU for performance reasons and now you are experiencing connectivity or performance problems If you suspect an MTU problem a common solution is to change the MTU to 1400 If you are willing to experiment you can gradually reduce the MTU from the maximum
193. ernet Settings Manually 51 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Specify an ADSL Connection with a Login Requirement and PPPoA or PPPoE Service If you want to manually configure the ADSL connection settings use the information that your ISP gave you to log in and connect to your Internet service If you cannot find this information contact your ISP Entering incorrect information might prevent the modem router from connecting to the Internet The modem router provides a virtual Internet interface and a virtual IPTV interface In most situations you only need to configure the Internet interface If you use an IPTV device you might also need to configure the IPTV interface Follow the directions that your ISP gave you Note If you must configure the IPTV interface first use the following procedure to configure the Internet interface Then repeat the procedure to configure the IPTV interface To view or specify the settings for an ADSL Internet connection that requires a login and uses a PPPoE or PPPOA service 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select Internet The Internet Setup page displays
194. ervice as indicated by your ISP Often a service name is not required Connection Mode Select how the Internet connection functions e Always On Once the Internet connection is established it remains on This is the default setting e Dial on Demand When someone attempts to connect to the Internet the Internet connection is established When the idle time out period expires the Internet connection is terminated e Manually Connect You must connect to the Internet manually see View Renew or Release a TCP IP Internet Connection on page 232 or View Connect or Disconnect a PPPoE or PPPoA Internet Connection on page 234 Manage the Internet Settings Manually 64 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Field Description Idle Timeout In Minutes If you select Dial on Demand from the Connection Mode menu enter the idle time out period in minutes The idle time out specifies how long the modem router keeps the Internet connection active when no one on the network is using the Internet connection The default is 5 minutes To disable the idle time out enter 0 When you disable the idle time out the connection is not terminated automatically Internet IP Address Get Dynamically from ISP Your ISP uses DHCP to assign your IP address Your ISP automatically assigns these addresses Use Static IP Address Enter the IP address IP subnet mask and gateway IP address that your
195. es gt Parental Controls gt Ready SHARE Guest Network Select Country USA Select Internet Service Provider AT amp T TransferMode These settings do not apply DSL Mode Auto Internet X Enable This Interface Multiplexing Method vPI mese settings do not apply VCI VC BASED Use VLANID Priority 802 1p Does your Internet connection require a login Yes No Encapsulation Login Password Service Name If Required Connection Mode Idle Timeout in Minutes Internet IP Address Get Dynamically from ISP Use Static IP Address Domain Name Server DNS Address Get Automatically from ISP Use These DNS Servers Primary DNS Secondary DNS NAT Network Address Translation Enable Disable Router MAC Address Use Default Address Use Computer MAC Address Use This MAC Address 80 37 73 C6 BB E8 Manage the Internet Settings Manually 72 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 11 Enter the cable or fiber settings as described in the following table Field Description Transfer Mode DSL Mode Multiplexing Method Unless you changed the physical WAN interface settings so that the modem router must use the Ethernet WAN interface see Change the Physical WAN Connection Preference on page 194 these settings are not disabled However these settings do not apply to a cable or fiber VPI connection and you can ignore them VCI Use VLANID Select the
196. ess from the ISP the problem might be one of the following e Your Internet service provider ISP might require a login program Ask your ISP whether they require PPP over Ethernet PPPoE or some other type of login e If you selected a login program the service name user name or password might be incorrectly set For more information see Troubleshoot PPPoE or PPPoA on page 280 e Your ISP might check for your computer s host name Assign the computer host name of your ISP account as the account name For more information see one of the following sections Manually Set Up an ADSL Internet Connection on page 47 Manually Set Up a VDSL Internet Connection on page 57 Manually Set Up a Cable of Fiber Internet Connection on page 66 e If your ISP allows only one Ethernet MAC address to connect to Internet and checks for your computer s MAC address inform your ISP that you bought a new network device and ask them to use the modem routers MAC address e Configure your modem router to clone your computer s MAC address For more information see one of the following sections Manually Set Up an ADSL Internet Connection on page 47 Manually Set Up a VDSL Internet Connection on page 57 Manually Set Up a Cable of Fiber Internet Connection on page 66 Troubleshoot PPPoE or PPPoA If you use a PPPoE or PPPoA connection to your ISP make sure that the connection works To verify that your PPPoE or PPPoA connection is working
197. etween the Internet traffic and IPTV traffic Note If your ISP provides directions on how to set up VLANs for IPTV and Internet service follow those directions To enable and configure a VLAN for the virtual Internet interface and another VLAN for the virtual IPTV interface 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select Internet Home gt tenet 3 D CO D Wireless gt Attached Devices gt Select Country Select Internet Service Provider Parental Controls Ready SHARE Transfer Mode OSL Mode Guest Network Internet v V Enable This Interface Multiplexing Method VC BASED Use VLANID Priority 802 1p The previous figure shows only the top of the Internet Setup page Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 195 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 6 Configure a VLAN for the virtual Internet interface a b From the menu above the Enable This Interface check box select Internet Make sure that the Enable This Interface check box is selected By default the check box is selected for the virtual Internet interface Select the Use VLANID check box d Enter a VL
198. etwork Key Password jaggedtrumpet276 10 Only if the following page displays Specify a full scan to let the Setup Wizard find the PVC protocol The page that might display asks you if you need the Setup Wizard to do a full scan to find the PVC protocol If this page does not display continue with the next step Do you need Setup Wizard to do full scan to find the PVC Protocol Yes This will take approximotely 1 to 6 minutes No want to configure the router myself Do the following a Select the Yes radio button b Click the Next button Manage the Internet Settings Manually 43 The Setup Wizard performs a full scan which might take up to six minutes AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 This takes approximately 1 to 6 minutes 11 Only if the following page displays Specify how to manage problems with the detection of the Internet connection The page that might display states that a problem occurred while detecting the Internet connection If this page does not display continue with the next step Problem Detecting the Internet Connection This is most likely due to one of the following reasons 1 The modem was not power cycled during the cabling step To solve this problem power cycle the modem turn it off and on To power cycle a modem with battery backup you might need to remove and reinsert its battery After the power cycle wait 2 minutes for the modem to complete
199. evices select WPA TKIP WPA2 AES security e WPA TKIP WPA2 AES This type of security enables WiFi devices that support either WPA or WPA2 to join the modem routers WiFi network Group Key Update Interval Enter the interval in seconds after which the RADIUS group key is updated The default interval is 3600 seconds RADIUS server IP Address Enter the IPv4 address of the RADIUS server to which the WiFi network can connect RADIUS server Port Enter the number of the port on the modem router that is used to access the RADIUS server for authentication The default port number is 1812 RADIUS server Shared Enter the shared secret RADIUS password that is used between the Secret modem router and the RADIUS server during authentication of a WiFi user Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Make sure that you can reconnect over WiFi to the network with its new security settings If you cannot connect over WiFi check the following e If your computer or WiFi device is already connected to another WiFi network in your area disconnect it from that WiFi network and connect it to the WiFi network that the modem router provides Some WiFi devices automatically connect to the first open network without WiFi security that they discover e If your computer or WiFi device is trying to connect to your network with its old settings before you changed the settings update the WiFi network selection in your comp
200. ey that you specified as the active key Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Make sure that you can reconnect over WiFi to the network with its new security settings If you cannot connect over WiFi check the following e If your computer or WiFi device is already connected to another WiFi network in your area disconnect it from that WiFi network and connect it to the WiFi network that the Manage the WiFi Network Settings 101 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 modem router provides Some WiFi devices automatically connect to the first open network without WiFi security that they discover e If your computer or WiFi device is trying to connect to your network with its old settings before you changed the settings update the WiFi network selection in your computer or WiFi device to match the current settings for your network e Does your WiFi device display as an attached device See View Devices Currently on the Network on page 237 If it does it is connected to the network e Are you using the correct network name SSID and password Use WPS to Add a Device to the WiFi Network WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup lets you connect a computer or WiFi device to the modem router s network without entering the WiFi network passphrase or key Instead you use a WPS button or enter a PIN to connect If you use the push button method the WiFi device that you are trying to connect must provide either a physica
201. f you want to change the WiFi settings of the modem router s main network use a wired connection to avoid being disconnected when the new WiFi settings take effect To configure WPA WPA2 enterprise security 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select Wireless Manage the WiFi Network Settings 98 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The Wireless Setup page displays In the Security Options section select the WPA WPA2 Enterprise radio button Security Options None WPA2 PSK AES WPA PSK TKIP WPA2 PSK AES WPAWPA2 Enterprise WPAIWPA2 Enterprise Encryption Mode WPA TKIP WPA2 AES Group Key Update Interval 3600 Seconds RADIUS server IP Address 0 0 0 RADIUS server Port 1812 RADIUS server Shared Secret In the Security Options WPA WPA2 Enterprise section enter the settings as described in the following table Field Description WPA Mode From the WPA Mode menu select the enterprise mode e WPA2 AES WPA2 provides a secure connection but some older WiFi devices do not detect WPA2 and support only WPA If your network includes such older d
202. ffic meter speed test and more e Share and stream music or videos gt To use the genie app to access the modem router 1 Visit the NETGEAR genie web page at netgear com genie 2 Follow the onscreen instructions to install the app on your smartphone tablet or computer 3 Launch the genie app The genie app dashboard screen displays The following figure shows the genie app dashboard for a Windows computer ETGEAR genie Wireless Network Internet LEC a amp e WiFi Connection Ta I i u i Router Settings asi oer Network Map Internet WiFi Connection Router Settings Parental Controls STATUS GOOD STATUS Connected Click here Ready SHARE AirPrint sapa Network Support is v A ik Network Map Parental Controls ReadySHARE Number of devices 7 Click here Click here Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 40 Manage the Internet Settings Manually This chapter describes how you can manage the Internet settings of the modem router manually Usually the quickest way to set up the modem router is to allow NETGEAR genie to detect the Internet connection when you first access the modem router with a web browser These options are described in Chapter 2 Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network You can also customize or specify your Internet settings manually The chapter contains the following sections e Use the Internet Setup Wizard After Initial Setup e Manually Set
203. fiber modem follow the procedure that is described in this section If you use a DSL modem follow the procedure that is described in Cable the Modem Router for DSL Service and Access the Modem Router on page 22 The following figure shows the cabling of your modem router for cable or fiber service Figure 7 Modem router cabling for cable or fiber service Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 29 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 gt To connect your modem router to a cable or fiber service 1 10 Unplug your cable or fiber modem s power leaving the modem connected to the wall jack for your Internet service If your cable or fiber modem includes a battery backup remove the battery Use an Ethernet cable to connect the cable or fiber modem to the red Internet port on the modem router If your cable or fiber modem includes a battery backup reinsert the battery Plug in and turn on your cable or fiber modem Connect the power adapter to the modem router and plug it into an electrical outlet Wait for the Power LED to light solid green which takes about one minute If the Power LED does not light press the Power On Off button Wait for the WiFi LED to light blue If the WiFi LED does not light press the WiFi On Off button MACY Connect a computer to the modem router by one of the following methods e Ethernet cable Use an Ethernet cable to connect your
204. field enter a keyword or domain Here are some sample entries e Specify XXX to block http Awww badstuff com xxx html e Specify com if you want to allow only sites with domain suffixes such as edu or gov e Enter a period to block all Internet browsing access 8 Click the Add Keyword button The keyword or domain is added to the Block sites containing these keywords or domain names field which is also referred to as the blocked list 9 To add more keywords or domains repeat Step 7 and Step 8 The keyword list supports up to 32 entries 10 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Control Access to the Internet 127 Vv AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Remove a Keyword or Domain from the Blocked List If you no longer need a keyword or domain on the blocked list you can remove the keyword or domain To remove a keyword or domain from the blocked list 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Security gt Block Sites The Block Sites page displays In the Block sites containing these keywords or domain names field select the keyword or domai
205. for Services and Applications Port triggering is a dynamic extension of port forwarding that is useful in these cases e An application must use port forwarding to more than one local computer but not simultaneously e An application must open incoming ports that are different from the outgoing port With port triggering the modem router monitors traffic to the Internet from an outbound trigger port that you specify For outbound traffic from that port the modem router saves the IP address of the computer that sent the traffic The modem router temporarily opens the incoming port or ports that you specify in your rule and forwards that incoming traffic to that destination Port forwarding creates a static mapping of a port number or range of ports to a single local computer Port triggering can dynamically open ports to any computer when needed and close the ports when they are no longer needed Manage Port Forwarding and Port Triggering 265 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Note If you use applications such as multiplayer gaming peer to peer connections real time communications such as instant messaging or remote assistance enable Universal Plug and Play UPnP See mprove Network Connections with Universal Plug and Play on page 154 Add a Port Triggering Rule The modem router does not provide default services and applications for port triggering rules You must define a custom service or application
206. free NETGEAR Desktop genie app and the free ReadySHARE Vault app Log In to the Modem Router After Setup to View or Change Settings After you set up the modem router for DSL cable or fiber service you can view or change the settings for the modem router by accessing NETGEAR genie gt To log in to the modem router 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net Note You can also type http www routerlogin com or http 192 168 0 1 The procedures in this manual use http www routerlogin net Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 35 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The nature of the login window that opens depends on your web browser Q A username and password are being requested by http www routerlogin net The site says NETGEAR D6400 User Name admin Password eseeeeee Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button NETGEAR genie sce D6400 V1 0 0 22_1 0 22 Internet gt Lia Glvaiann ON i yas 5 E ae Attached Devices v o a amp Parental Controls Internet Wireless Attached Devices Ready SHARE Name SSID NETGEAR47 STATUS GOOD Key Password grandbird1 Number of devices 1 Guest Network Tis TT Parental Controls ReadySHARE Guest Networ
207. g Services page displays Change the settings For more information about the settings see Add a Port Triggering Rule on page 266 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved The changed rule displays in the Port Triggering Portmap Table on the Port Forwarding Port Triggering page Disable or Remove a Port Triggering Rule You can disable or remove a port triggering rule that you no longer need gt To disable or remove a port triggering rule 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button Manage Port Forwarding and Port Triggering 269 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Port Forwarding Port Triggering The Port Forwarding Port Triggering page displays 6 Select the Port Triggering radio button The following figure shows two port triggering rules a ADVANCED Home ort Forwarall ort ygering c WPS Wizard gt Setup Please select the service type gt USB Functions Port Forwarding gt ocuriiy Port Triggering Administration Disable Port Triggering gaivascod sain Port Triggering Time out in minutes Wireless
208. gSiis 5ccacacadcadanaaanaaaaaaaan dade aa tetes View the maf ne StatiStleSns s0 cssasnaurs rar EEE ERIAREN View Renew or Release a TCP IP Internet Connection View Connect or Disconnect a PPPoE or PPPoA Internet Connection Manage the Activity LOG ssrsrerersnsrsrororeroii sanii ktp hraga Wiewsand Manage the LOGc e035 satsocseviod einbensaeesonrsesaasan Specify Which Activities Are Logged 0 cece cence eee ees View Devices Currently on the Network 00 00 eee ee Monitor and Meter Internet Traffic 0 eee eee Start the Traffic Meter Without Traffic Volume Restrictions View the Traffic Statistics and Traffic Status 00008 Restrict Internet Traffic by Volume 0 cece eee eee eee Restrict Internet Traffic by Connection Time 00 eee Unblock the Traffic Meter After the Traffic Limit Is Reached Manage the Modem Router Remotely 0 0 ce eee e eee eae Remotely Access the Modem Router Using the genie App Configure the Modem Router as a DSL Modem Only 204 Disable LED Blinking or Turn Off LEDs 0 cece ee eee eee Chapter 13 Use VPN to Access Your Network Set Upa VPN COMME CHO o 5 0 0 5 4 0sdeced eceedeeasGoas ede E ES Specify VPN Service in the Modem Router eee eee e eee Install OpenVPN Software on Your Computer 0000ee eae Usea VPN T
209. gory menu select MAC Address The MAC Device List displays In the MAC Device List select the radio button next to the device that you want to change The information from the MAC Device List automatically populates the QoS Policy for MAC Address and Device Name fields Change the MAC address device name or priority 11 Click the Edit button The new device information is saved in the MAC Device List Note You cannot change the MAC address for a device that was detected by the modem router and automatically added to the MAC Device List Remove a MAC Address for a QoS Rule To remove a MAC address from the MAC Device List for QoS rules dy 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt QoS Setup The QoS Setup page displays Optimize Performance 148 Vv 10 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Click the Set Up QoS Rule button The QoS Priority Rule list page displays Scroll down and click the Add Priority Rule button The QoS Priority Rules page displays From the Priority Category menu select MAC Address The MAC Device List displays In
210. gs to the address that you specified see Set Up Security Event Email Notifications on page 138 Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 236 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Specify Which Activities Are Logged You can specify which activities are logged These activities display in the log gt To manage which activities are logged 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Administration gt Logs The Logs page displays 6 Scroll down and select the check boxes that correspond to the activities that you want to be logged By default all check boxes are selected 7 Clear the check boxes that correspond to the activities that do not want to be logged 8 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved View Devices Currently on the Network You can view the active wired devices 2 4 GHz WiFi devices and 5 GHz WiFi devices in the network If you do not recognize a device it might be an intruder If it is an intruder make sure that your WiFi security is set up correctly see Manage the Basic WiFi Settings and WiFi Security of the Main Network on page 93
211. gt Advanced Setup IP Subnet Mask RIP Direction RIP Version Use Router as DHCP Server Starting IP Address Ending IP Address Address Reservation Both Disabled v T Pms Deviename _WACAaaress EB x ELB 6 In the RIP direction menu select one of the following options e Both The modem router broadcasts its routing table periodically and incorporates information that it receives This is the default setting e Out Only The modem router broadcasts its routing table periodically but does not incorporate the RIP information that it receives e In Only The modem router incorporates the RIP information that it receives but does not broadcast its routing table Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 207 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 7 Inthe RIP Version menu select one of the following options e Disabled The RIP version is disabled This is the default setting e RIP 1 This format is universally supported It is adequate for most networks unless you are using an unusual network setup e RIP 2B or RIP 2M This format carries more information Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M send the routing data in RIP 2 format RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting RIP 2M uses multicasting 8 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Manage Reserved LAN IP Addresses When you specify a reserved IP address for a computer on the LAN that computer always receives the same IP address each time it ac
212. gt IPv6 The IPv6 page displays 6 From the Internet Connection Type menu select Auto Detect ase ADVANCED ADVANCED Home WPS Wizard Setup gt USB Functions Security Administration wv Advanced Setup Wireless Settings Wireless AP Port Forwarding Port Triggering Dynamic DNS Internet Connection Type Auto Detect Connection Type Router s IPv6 Address On WAN Not Available DHCP Auto Detect LAN Setup Router s IPv6 Address On LAN Not Available IP Address Assignment Use DHCP Server Auto Config Use This Interface ID VPN Service Static Routes Remote Management UPnP Traffic Meter USB Settings Device Mode The modem router automatically detects the information in the following fields Connection Type This field indicates the connection type that is detected Router s IPv6 Address on WAN This field shows the IPv6 address that is acquired for the modem router s WAN or Internet interface The number after the slash is the length of the prefix which is also indicated by the underline _ under the IPv6 address If no address is acquired the field displays Not Available Router s IPv6 Address on LAN This field shows the IPv6 address that is acquired for the modem router s LAN interface The number after the slash is the length of the prefix which is also indicated by the underline _ under the IPv6 address If no address is acquired the field displays Not Avail
213. he IPTV interface only To bind LAN port 4 to the IPTV interface that is the WAN2 virtual interface select the Bridge Mode bind LAN4 to WAN2 check box For more information see Enable Bridge Mode for an IPTV Device on page 200 Encapsulation Select the encapsulation as indicated by your ISP e PPPoE Your Internet connection uses PPP over Ethernet e PPPoA Your Internet connection uses PPP over ATM Login Enter the login name that you use to log in to your Internet service as indicated by your ISP This login name is often an email address Password Enter the password that you use to log in to your Internet service as indicated by your ISP Service Name If Required Enter the service name that you use to log in to your Internet service as indicated by your ISP Often a service name is not required Note This field does not display if your selection from the Encapsulation menu is PPPoA Manage the Internet Settings Manually 55 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Field Description Connection Mode Select how the Internet connection functions e Always On Once the Internet connection is established it remains on This is the default setting e Dial on Demand When someone attempts to connect to the Internet the Internet connection is established When the idle time out period expires the Internet connection is terminated e Manually Connect You must connect
214. he WEP radio button 7 Inthe Security Options section select the WEP radio button Manage the WiFi Network Settings 100 10 11 12 13 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Wireless Network 2 4GHz b g n v Enable SSID Broadcast NETGEAR23 Auto Upto54Mbps WPA2 PSK AES WPA PSK TKIP WPA2 PSK AES WPAMWPA2 Enterprise Security Encryption WEP Authentication Type Automatic v Encryption Strength 64 bit Security Encryption WEP Key Key1 Key2 Key3 Key4 From the Authentication Type menu select one of the following types e Automatic Clients can use either Open System or Shared Key authentication e Shared Key Clients can use only Shared Key authentication From the Encryption Strength menu select the encryption key size e 64 bit Standard WEP encryption using 40 64 bit encryption e 128 bit Standard WEP encryption using 104 128 bit encryption This selection provides higher encryption security Specify the active key by selecting the Key 1 Key 2 Key 3 or Key 4 radio button Only one key can be the active key Enter the value for the key e For 64 bit WEP enter 10 hexadecimal digits any combination of 0 9 A F The key values are not case sensitive e For 128 bit WEP enter 26 hexadecimal digits any combination of 0 9 A F The key values are not case sensitive To join the modem router s WiFi network a user must enter the key value for the k
215. he WiFi LED lights solid blue after about half a minute Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Set Up a WiFi Schedule You can use this feature to turn off the WiFi signal from your modem router at times when you do not need a WiFi connection For example you might turn it off for the weekend if you leave town You can set up separate schedules for the 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz bands gt To set up the WiFi schedule 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Wireless Settings Manage the WiFi Network Settings 112 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 8 WPS Wizard gt Setup Advanced Wireless Settings 2 4GHz bi g n v i i gt USB Functions Enable Wireless Router Radio IV Enable 20 40 MHz Coexistence Fragmentation Length 256 2346 2346 gt Administration CTS RTS Threshold 1 2347 2347 v Advanced Setup Preamble Mode E Tum off wireless signal by schedule Wireless Settings z 7 gt Security Long Preamble v The wireless signal is scheduled to turn off during the following time period tet fone Perio start Tena Recurrence Patter O aioe Period se
216. he modem router is not providing WiFi connectivity You can still plug an Ethernet cable into one of the LAN ports to get wired connectivity USB e Solid blue A USB device is connected to a USB port and is ready lt e Blinking blue A USB device is connected to a USB port and is trying to connect e Off No USB device is connected or someone clicked the Safely Remove Hardware button and it is now safe to remove the attached USB device Hardware Overview of the Modem Router 12 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Back Panel with Ports Buttons and Connector The back panel of the modem router provides ports buttons and a DC power connector The following figure shows only part of the back panel USB Ethernet Reset DC power 2 0 port LAN ports button connector DSL port Internet Power port On Off button Figure 3 Modem router back panel Viewed from left to right the back panel contains the following components USB port One USB 2 0 port Another USB 2 0 port is located on the right side panel DSL port One RJ 11 asynchronous DSL port for connecting the modem router to an ADSL or VDSL line This port is colored gray Ethernet LAN ports Four Gigabit Ethernet RJ 45 LAN ports to connect the modem router to LAN devices These ports are colored yellow Internet port One Gigabit Ethernet RJ 45 port to connect the modem router to a fiber or cable modem This port is colored red Note Y
217. hich devices on your LAN or LAN users are affected by the rule based on their IP addresses e Only This IP Address Enter the required address in the fields to apply the rule to a single device on your LAN e IP Address Range Enter the required addresses in the start and end fields to apply the rule to a range of devices e All IP Addresses All computers and devices on your LAN are covered by this rule By default the All IP Addresses radio button is selected 10 Click the Add button The new rule is added to the Service Table on the Block Services page Add an Outbound Firewall Rule for a Custom Service or Application The modem router lists many default services and applications that you can use in outbound rules If the service or application is not predefined you specify a custom service or application in an outbound rule To add an outbound firewall rule for a custom service or application 1 Find out which protocol and port number or range of numbers the service or application uses You can usually find this information by contacting the publisher of the service or application or through online user or news groups Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive
218. i ei dna t erana i 286 Technical Specifications lt 2ss00cs40 lt 2oo0 rhatwieuniuensaewdenssoseescx 288 Hardware Overview of the Modem Router The NETGEAR AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 in this manual referred to as the modem router delivers WiFi connection speeds up to 300 Mbps on 2 4 GHz 802 11n and up to 1300 Mbps on 5 GHz 802 11ac Both 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz bands can be active simultaneously The modem router is compatible with most major DSL Internet service providers and also supports cable or fiber Internet service The chapter contains the following sections Unpack Your Modem Router Front Panel with LEDs Back Panel with Ports Buttons and Connector Right Side Panel with WPS and WiFi On Off Buttons and USB Port Bottom Panel Product Label Note For more information about the topics that are covered in this manual visit the support website at support netgear com Note Firmware updates with new features and bug fixes are made available from time to time at downloadcenter netgear com You can check for and download new firmware manually If the features or behavior of your product does not match what is described in this guide you might need to update your firmware Note In this manual the terms wireless and WiFi are interchangeable 1 Actual data throughput and WiFi coverage will vary Network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic building materials and cons
219. i network e None An open WiFi network that does not provide any security Any WiFi device can join the 2 4 GHz band of the guest WiFi network This is the default setting for the guest WiFi network e WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy WEP security is a legacy authentication and data encryption mode that is superseded by WPA PSK and WPA2 PSK The WEP option displays only if you configure the WiFi mode for the main WiFi network as Up to 54 Mbps in the 2 4 GHz band see Manage the Basic WiFi Settings and WiFi Security of the Main Network on page 93 For information about configuring WEP see Configure WEP Legacy WiFi Security for the Guest WiFi Network on page 108 e WPA2 PSK AES WPAZ2 provides a secure and fast connection but some older WiFi devices do not detect WPA2 and support only WPA Select WPA2 to allow 802 11n devices to connect to the 2 4 GHz band of the guest WiFi network at the fastest speed If your network includes older devices that do not support WPA2 select WPA PSK TKIP WPA2 PSK AES security To use WPA2 security in the Passphrase field enter a phrase of 8 to 63 characters To join the 2 4 GHz band of the guest WiFi network a user must enter this passphrase e WPA PSK TKIP WPA2 PSK AES This type of security enables WiFi devices that support either WPA or WPA2 to join the 2 4 GHz band of the guest WiFi network However WPA PSK TKIP is less secure than WPA2 PSK AES and limits the speed of WiFi devices to 54 Mbps To
220. ic DNS if you already created an account 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Inthe address field of your browser enter http routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Type admin for the user name and type your password If you did not yet personalize your password type password for the password 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Settings gt Dynamic DNS Po ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard Setup USB Functions Security Administration Use a Dynamic DNS Service wv Advanced Setup Service Provider Wireless Settings Do you have a NETGEAR DDNS or a No IP DDNS account Wireless AP Yes Port Forwarding Port No Triggering VPN Service Please enter the following information for registration Static Routes Host Name mynetgear com Remote Management UPnP IPv6 Password 6 32 characters Traffic Meter wae By submitting this form I agree to the USB Settings terms of service and that will only Device Mode create one free account Email 6 Select the Use a Dynamic DNS Service check box 7 From the Service Provider menu select your provider 8 Select the Yes radio button Access Storage Devices Through the Internet 176 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The page adjusts 9 In the Host Name field enter the host name sometimes called the domain name for your account
221. ically logs you in Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 20 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Set Up Your Modem Router for DSL Service You can install your modem router for DSL service or for cable or fiber Ethernet WAN service If you use a DSL modem follow the procedure that is described in Cable the Modem Router for DSL Service and Access the Modem Router on page 22 If you use a cable or fiber modem follow the procedure that is described in Set Up Your Modem Router for Cable or Fiber Service on page 29 DSL Service Make sure that your ADSL or VDSL service is active before you install the modem router You need the following information to install your DSL modem and connect to the Internet e DSL user name and password This information is included in the welcome letter your DSL ISP sent you when you signed up for your service Record your DSL Internet service account user name and password e Your telephone number or DSL account number If you do not use voice service you can use your DSL account number in place of a phone number If you do not know or cannot locate your DSL user name and password call your DSL Internet service provider ISP Be specific when speaking with your DSL Internet service provider For example you could say I need my DSL service user name and password Can you help me Note If your provider says that they do not support NETGEAR services tell them that yo
222. ices and applications that you can use in port forwarding rules If the service or application is not predefined you can add a port forwarding rule with a custom service or application gt To add a port forwarding rule with a custom service or application 1 Find out which port number or range of numbers the service or application uses You can usually find this information by contacting the publisher of the service or application or through user groups or news groups 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Manage Port Forwarding and Port Triggering 260 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 6 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Port Forwarding Port Triggering The Port Forwarding Port Triggering page displays 7 Make sure that the Port Forwarding radio button is selected 8 Click the Add Custom Service button Service Name Service Type External Starting Port External Ending Port TCP UDP 1 65535 1 65535 Use the same port range for Internal port Internal Starting Port Internal Ending Port Internal IP address 1 65535 192 168 0 Or select from currently attached
223. iew the default QoS rules 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt QoS Setup The QoS Setup page displays Click the Set Up QoS Rule button Optimize Performance 142 7 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 a o ADVANCED Home Os ty Rule se o o f E a a o e ECA E E Scroll down to see more QoS rules USB Functions Security Administration Advanced Setup Es za EI ca ca e 2 EJ KJ Ea a KJ 17 For information about changing a default QoS rule see Change a Default or Custom QoS Rule on page 149 Create a Custom QoS Rule for an Application or Online Game If the application or online game for which you want to assign a traffic priority is not part of the default QoS rules you can add a custom QoS rule To create a QoS policy for an application or online game 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default pa
224. ight press the WiFi On Off button gg Check the DSL LED If the modem router is connected to a DSL service the DSL LED lights green Connect a computer to the modem router by one of the following methods e Ethernet cable Use an Ethernet cable to connect your computer to a yellow Ethernet LAN port on the modem router The product package contains a yellow Ethernet cable Your computer connects to the modem router s LAN e WiFi Connect to the default WiFi network of the modem router a On your computer or WiFi device find and select the WiFi network The WiFi network name SSID is on the product label b Join the WiFi network and enter the WiFi password The password network key is on the product label Your computer or WiFi device connects to the modem router s WiFi network Note If the computer is set to a static fixed IP address this setting is uncommon either change the computer to obtain an IP address automatically from the modem router through DHCP or change the IP address of the computer to a static IP address in the 192 168 0 2 192 168 0 254 range Launch a web browser The Configuring the Internet Connection page displays Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 23 13 14 15 16 17 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 NETGEAR genie You are not yet connected to the Internet Select Country Country USA Select Internet Service Provider Internet Servi
225. in Requirement and PPPoA Or PPPOE SERVICE cs o 0c 50tatedcaadandnadeduebaaerceeas ceases 52 Manually Set Up a VDSL Internet Connection 0000008 57 Specify a VDSL Connection Without a Login Requirement 57 Specify a VDSL Connection with a Login Requirement and PPPOE SCNVICC cs snecaceccssancessicasnensiecaeatheseeseee eLA 61 Manually Set Up a Cable of Fiber Internet Connection 4 66 Specify a Cable or Fiber Connection Without a Login Requirement 66 Specify a Cable or Fiber Connection With a Login Requirement and PPPOE SEyC aise sue ancndea bard rade Raa asad aaa EVES EDASI RAIA 71 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Specify an IPv6 Internet Connection 0 c cece eee eee eens 1D IPv6 Internet Connections and IPv6 Addresses 0 eee ee 75 Set Up an IPv6 Connection Through Auto Detect 00 76 Set Up an IPv6 6to4 Tunnel Connection 00 c eee eee eee 78 Set Up an IPv6 Pass Through Connection 00 00 ee 79 Set UpianiIPv6 Fixed ConfiectiOn 226 65 sccsseeteessuscaas aaceaaes 80 Set Upan IPye DHCP Connection xcsccocntionneabedaanseeasoesaadas 82 Set Upan PYG PPPOE CONMECtOMi i siodecedetiebibtiniacaci iniaa 84 Set Up an IPv6 Connection Through Auto Config 000 86 Set Up an IPv6 6rd Tunnel Connection eee eee eee 88 Menage tHeMTU Size 2065 64 ac Sea an sa ec tedka LENNA 90 MEU CONGEDtS 5 2040
226. ion Protocol Select the protocol TCP or UDP that is associated with the service or application If you are unsure select TCP UDP Starting Port Enter the start port for the service or application Ending Port If the service or application uses a range of ports enter the end port for the range If the service or application uses a single port repeat the port number that you entered in the Starting Port field Service Type User Defined Enter the name of the custom service or application 11 Specify which devices on your LAN or LAN users are affected by the rule based on their IP addresses e Only This IP Address Enter the required address in the fields to apply the rule to a single device on your LAN e IP Address Range Enter the required addresses in the start and end fields to apply the rule to a range of devices e All IP Addresses All computers and devices on your LAN are covered by this rule By default the All IP Addresses radio button is selected 12 Click the Add button The new rule is added to the Service Table on the Block Services page Change an Outbound Firewall Rule You can change an existing outbound firewall rule To change an outbound firewall rule 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is
227. ions as a DHCP server The modem router assigns IP DNS server and default gateway addresses to all devices connected to the LAN The assigned default gateway address is the LAN address of the modem router You can use another device on your network as the DHCP server or specify the network settings of all your computers Note If you disable the DHCP server and no other DHCP server is available on your network you must set your computer IP addresses manually so that they can access the modem router To disable the built in DHCP server 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt LAN Setup The LAN Setup page displays 6 Clear the Use Router as DHCP Server check box 7 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Set Up and Manage Custom Static Routes Static routes provide detailed routing information to your modem router Typically you do not need to add static routes You must configure static routes only for unusual cases such as when you use multiple routers or multiple IP subnets on your network As an example of when a static route is needed consider the following case
228. isable Port Triggering check box If this check box is selected the modem router does not apply port triggering rules even if you specified them 8 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Application Example Port Triggering for Internet Relay Chat Some application servers such as FTP and IRC servers send replies to multiple port numbers Using port triggering you can tell the modem router to open more incoming ports when a particular outgoing port starts a session An example is Internet Relay Chat IRC Your computer connects to an IRC server at destination port 6667 The IRC server not only responds to your originating source port but also sends an identify message to your computer on port 113 Using port triggering you can tell the modem router When you initiate a session with destination port 6667 you must also allow incoming traffic on port 113 to reach the originating computer The following sequence shows the effects of this port triggering rule 1 You open an IRC client program to start a chat session on your computer 2 Your IRC client composes a request message to an IRC server using a destination port number of 6667 the standard port number for an IRC server process Your computer then sends this request message to your modem router 3 Your modem router creates an entry in its internal session table describing this communication session between your computer and the IRC server Your modem ro
229. isk of corrupting the firmware do not interrupt the reset For example if you are connected to the web management interface do not close the browser click a link or load a new page Do not turn off the modem router Wait until the modem router finishes restarting and the Power LED turns solid green Erase the Settings CAUTION This process erases all settings that you configured in the modem router To erase the settings 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Administration gt Backup Settings The Backup Settings page displays Click the Erase button To confirm the action click the Yes button The configuration is reset to factory default settings When the reset is complete the modem router reboots This process takes about one minute A WARNING To avoid the risk of corrupting the firmware do not interrupt the reset For example do not close the browser click a link or load a new page Do not turn off the modem router Wait until the modem router finishes restarting and the Power LED turns solid green Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 225 AC1600
230. it is forgotten This recovery process is supported in Internet Explorer Firefox and Chrome browsers but not in the Safari browser For information about setting up password recovery see Set Up Password Recovery on page 38 The following procedure works only if you did set up password recovery gt To recover your password 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network In the address field of your browser type www routerlogin net A login window opens Click the Cancel button If password recovery is enabled you are prompted to enter the serial number of the modem router The serial number is on the product label of the modem router Enter the serial number of the modem router Click the Continue button A page displays requesting the answers to your security questions Enter the saved answers to your security questions Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 223 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 7 Click the Continue button A page displays your recovered password 8 Click the Login again button A login window opens 9 With your recovered password log in to the modem router Return the Modem Router to Its Factory Default Settings Under some circumstances for example if you lost track of the changes that you made to the modem router settings or you move the modem router to a different network you might want to erase the configurati
231. j the Internet Connection This process can take up to six minutes please wait Note If you are connected over WiFi to the modem router you might be disconnected during the setup process If this situation occurs just reconnect to the modem router and refresh the modem router s web page When the modem router is connected to the Internet the Congratulations page displays and you successfully completed the setup process If the Congratulations page does not display other screens might display and you might need to provide more information in which case you must continue with the next step The screens that display depend on your type of ISP connection and configuration You are successfully connected to the Internet This router is preset with the following unique wireless network name SSID and network key password 2 4GHz Wireless Network Name SSID NETGEAR23 Wireless Network Key Password jaggedtrumpet276 5GHz Wireless Network Name SSID NETGEAR23 5G Wireless Network Key Password jaggedtrumpet276 Print this Take me to the Internet 16 Only if the following page displays Specify how to manage problems with the detection of the Internet connection The page that might display states that a problem occurred while the wizard was detecting the Internet connection If this page does not display continue with the next step Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 32 AC1600 WiFi VDSL A
232. k STATUS NOT ENABLED STATUS READY STATUS NOT ENABLED Help amp Support Documentation Online Support Router FAQ GNU GPL tS NSO Ba a Enter Search Item The BASIC Home page displays a dashboard that lets you see the status of your Internet connection and network at a glance You can click any of the six sections of the dashboard to view more detailed information The left column displays the menus and at the top is an ADVANCED tab that you can use to access more menus and screens Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 36 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Change the Language v By default the language is set as Auto You can change the language To change the language 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays In the upper right corner select a language from the menu When prompted click the OK button to confirm this change The page refreshes with the language that you selected Change the admin Password gt NETGEAR recommends that you change the default password that you use to log in to the modem router to a more secure password This is the password that you
233. l link control LLC based VPI Enter a number between 0 and 255 for the virtual circuit number for the virtual path identifier VPI as indicated by your ISP If your ISP did not provide you with a VPI setting leave the default setting 0 The VPI might be required not only for a VC based connection but also for an LLC based connection VCI Enter a number between 32 and 65535 for the virtual circuit number for the virtual channel identifier VCI as indicated by your ISP If your ISP did not provide you with a VCI setting leave the default setting 35 The VCI might be required not only for a VC based connection but also for an LLC based connection Use VLANID Select the Use VLANID check box and enter the VLAN ID as indicated by your ISP A VLAN ID might be required if you subscribe to both Internet service and IPTV service If your ISP did not provide you with a VLAN ID leave the Use VLANID check box cleared which is the default setting For information about setting up VLAN tag groups see Set Up a Bridge for a VLAN Tag Group on page 198 Priority 802 1p If your ISP provided you with a VLAN ID and a priority value enter the priority value which is a number from 0 to7 You can enter a priority value only in combination with a VLAN ID If your ISP did not provide you with a priority value leave the default setting 0 Bridge Mode bind LAN4 to WAN2 This setting is an option that applies to t
234. l button or a software button If you use the PIN method you must know the PIN of the WiFi device that you are trying to connect WPS supports WPA and WPA2 WiFi security If your modem router network is open no WiFi security is set which is not the default setting for the modem router connecting with WPS automatically sets WPA WPA2 WiFi security on the modem router network and generates a random passphrase You can view this passphrase see Manage the Basic WiFi Settings and WiFi Security of the Main Network on page 93 Note WPS and WPA WPAZ enterprise security or WEP security cannot function together When you enable WPA WPA2 enterprise security or WEP security WPS is disabled Use WPS with the Push Button Method For you to use the push button method to connect a WiFi device to the modem router s WiFi network the WiFi device that you are trying to connect must provide either a physical button or a software button You can use the physical button and software button to let a WiFi device join only the main WiFi network not the guest WiFi network gt To let a WiFi device join the modem router s main WiFi network using WPS with the push button method 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router Manage the WiFi Network Settings 102 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem
235. lay states that a problem occurred while the wizard was detecting the Internet connection IP address Problem Detecting the Internet Connection IP Address Did your Internet Service Provider ISP assign to you a fixed static IP address This is a very rare special deployment Select an option and click Next to proceed Yes My ISP assigned a fixed static IP address to me No did not get a fixed static IP address from my ISP I don t know Take one of the following actions If your ISP assigned you a fixed static IP address do the following a b Select the Yes radio button Click the Next button Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 27 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Enter the fixed IP settings assigned by your Internet Service Provider and click Next to proceed My IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Preferred ONS Server Alternate ONS Server c Enter the address information that your ISP gave you for your fixed IP address configuration d Click the Next button e If your ISP did not assign you a fixed IP address or you do not know if your ISP assigned you a fixed IP address do the following a Select either the No or the I don t know radio button b Click the Next button Problem Detecting the Internet Connection MAC Address If you previously connected to your Internet service with a computer or another router NETGEAR Genie can use the same MA
236. lem with your wiring might exist If the telephone company tested the ADSL or VDSL signal at your network interface device NID then wiring in your house might be of poor quality DSL LED Is Off or Internet LED Is Off If the DSL LED is off the Internet LED is off amp or both are off disconnect all telephones on the line If this solves the problem reconnect the telephones one at a time being sure to use a microfilter on each telephone If the microfilters are connected correctly you can connect all your telephones Troubleshooting 278 V AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 If disconnecting telephones does not result in a green DSL LED check the following Check that the telephone company made the connection to your line and tested it Verify that you are connected to the correct telephone line If more than one phone line is installed be sure that you are connected to the line with the ADSL or VDSL service It might be necessary to use a swapper if your ADSL or VDSL signal is on pins 1 and 4 or the RJ 11 jack The modem router uses pins 2 and 3 Internet LED Is Off If the Internet LED is off the modem router cannot connect to the Internet Verify the following Check that your login credentials are correct or that the information you entered for the ISP connection is correct For more information see one of the following sections Manually Set Up an ADSL Internet Connection on page 47 Manual
237. less 6 To refresh the information onscreen click the Refresh button The information onscreen is updated Monitor and Meter Internet Traffic gt Traffic metering allows you to monitor the volume of Internet traffic that passes through the modem router Internet port With the traffic meter utility you can set limits for traffic volume set a monthly limit and get a live update of traffic usage Start the Traffic Meter Without Traffic Volume Restrictions You can monitor the traffic volume without setting a limit To start or restart the traffic meter without configuring traffic volume restrictions 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 238 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Traffic Meter La e ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard gt Setup gt USB Functions gt Security gt Administration vAdvanced Setup Wireless Settings Wireless AP Port Forwarding Port Triggering Dynamic DNS VPN Service Static Routes Remote Management UPnP IPv6 USB Settings
238. llowing figure shows the settings that display when you configure a VDSL connection for the Internet interface and your Internet connection requires a login Home gt Internet Setup Wireless gt Attached Devices gt Select Country USA Select Internet Service Provider Other Parental Controls gt Ready SHARE Transfer Mode Guest Network DSL Mode Internet V Enable This Interface Multiplexing Method VC BASED VPI vel El Use VLANID Priority 802 1p Does your Internet connection require a login Yes No Encapsulation Login Password Service Name If Required Connection Mode Idle Timeout In Minutes Internet IP Address Get Dynamically from ISP Use Static IP Address Domain Name Server DNS Address Get Automatically from ISP J Use These DNS Servers Primary ONS Secondary DNS NAT Network Address Translation Enable Disable Router MAC Address Use Default Address Use Computer MAC Address Use This MAC Address 80 37 73 C6 BB ES Manage the Internet Settings Manually 63 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Enter the VDSL settings as described in the following table Field Description Multiplexing Method These settings are disabled because they do not apply to a VDSL VPI connection VCI Use VLANID Select the Use VLANID check box and enter the VLAN ID as indicated by your ISP A VLAN ID might be required if you subscribe to both
239. loses Manage the Activity Log The log is a detailed record of the websites that users on your network accessed or attempted to access and many other modem router actions Up to 256 entries are stored in the log You can also manage which activities are logged View and Manage the Log gt To view and manage the log 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Administration gt Logs Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 235 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 aa e ADVANCED Home y Setup Wizard WPS Wizard j gt USB Functions gt Security v Administration Router Status Attached Devices Backup Settings Set Password Router Update Apply gt Current Time Saturday Mar 21 2015 20 04 16 LAN access from remote from 94 192 168 0 2 56287 Saturday Mar UPnP set event Public UPNP_C3 Saturday Mar 21 2015 20 04 15 LAN access from remote from 94 192 168 0 2 56287 Saturday Mar UPnP set event Public UPNP_C3 Saturday Mar 21 2015 20 03 36 LAN access from remote from 94 192 168 0 2 56287 Saturday Mar UPnP set event Public UPNP_C3 Saturday Mar 21 2015 2
240. ls and ceilings between the modem router and your other devices e Place the modem router away from electrical devices such as these Ceiling fans Home security systems Microwaves Computers Base of acordless phone 2 4 GHz cordless phone 5 GHz cordless phone e Place the modem router away from large metal surfaces large glass surfaces insulated walls and items such as these Solid metal door Aluminum studs Fish tanks Mirrors Brick Concrete If you are using adjacent access points use different radio frequency channels to reduce interference Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 17 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Connect to the Modem Router During and after installation you can connect to the modem router s network through a wired or WiFi connection If you set up your computer to use a static IP address change the settings of your computer so that it uses Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP Connect to the Modem Router Through an Ethernet Cable You can connect your computer to the modem router using an Ethernet cable and join the modem router s local area network LAN gt To connect your computer to the modem router with an Ethernet cable 1 Make sure that the modem router has power its Power LED is lit 2 Connect an Ethernet cable to an Ethernet port on your computer 3 Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to one of the numbered
241. ly Set Up a VDSL Internet Connection on page 57 Manually Set Up a Cable of Fiber Internet Connection on page 66 Check to see if your ISP is experiencing a problem it might not be that the modem router cannot connect to the Internet but rather that your ISP cannot provide an Internet connection Obtain an Internet IP Address If the modem router cannot access the Internet but the Internet LED is green amp see if the modem router can obtain an Internet IP address from the ISP Unless the modem router is assigned a static IP address the modem router requests an IP address from the ISP You can determine whether the request was successful using the modem router s web pages To check the Internet IP address 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt ADVANCED Home The ADVANCED Home page displays In the Internet Port pane check that the IP Address field shows a valid IP address If the field shows 0 0 0 0 your modem router did not obtain an IP address from your ISP Troubleshooting 279 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 If your modem router cannot obtain an IP addr
242. ly start up 2 The yellow Ethernet cable is not fully inserted or is inserted in the wrong place To solve this problem make sure that the yellow Ethernet cable is securely plugged in to the broadband modem port and the router internet port just power cycled the modem and waited for 2 minutes corrected a problem with the Ethernet cable None of the above Take one of the following actions e If your setup includes a DSL modem power cycle the DSL modem a Unplug your DSL modem s power leaving the DSL modem connected to the wall jack for your Internet service If your DSL modem includes a battery backup remove the battery emooaos Wait 10 seconds If your DSL modem includes a battery backup reinsert the battery Plug in your DSL modem s power and turn on your DSL modem Wait two minutes Select the I just power cycled the modem and waited for 2 minutes radio button Click the Next button Manage the Internet Settings Manually 44 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 If your setup includes a cable or fiber modem see if the yellow Ethernet cable is not fully inserted or is inserted at the wrong place If necessary do the following a Fully insert the Ethernet cable in the correct port on the cable or fiber modem and in the red Internet port on the modem router b Select the corrected a problem with the Ethernet cable radio button c Click the Next button If you do not need to powe
243. m router Internet connection NAT is enabled by default because it is required in most situations Select the NAT setting e Enable NAT is enabled This is the default setting Leave this setting if no reason to disable NAT exists e Disable NAT is disabled Router MAC Address The Ethernet MAC address that the modem router uses on the Internet port Some ISPs register the MAC address of the network interface card in your computer when your account is first opened They accept traffic only from the MAC address of that computer This feature allows your modem router to use your computer s MAC address also called cloning Use Default Address Use the default MAC address Use Computer MAC Address The modem router captures and uses the MAC address of the computer that you are now using You must use the one computer that is registered by the ISP Use This MAC Address Enter the MAC address that you want to use By default the field displays the MAC address of the Internet port DHCP Options Vendor Class Identifier String Enter the vendor class identifier VCI string as indicated by your ISP option 60 If your ISP did not provide you with a VCI string leave this field blank Client Identifier String Enter the client identifier client ID string as indicated by your ISP option 61 If your ISP did not provide you with a client ID string leave this field blank Click the Apply button Your se
244. m router runs the new firmware version a Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network b Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens c Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive d Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays The firmware version is stated at the top right under the Logout button To determine whether you must reconfigure the modem router after updating which is unlikely but possible visit downloadcenter netgear com go to the support page for your product and locate and read the new firmware release notes Manually Upload New Firmware and Update the Modem Router Downloading firmware and updating the modem router are two separate tasks that are combined in the following procedure To download new firmware manually and update your modem router 1 2 Visit downloadcenter netgear com locate the support page for your product and download the new firmware Read the new firmware release notes to determine whether you must reconfigure the modem router after updating which is unlikely but possible Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The def
245. n ma Recwrencepanem Port Forwarding Port Period Tgaerin C Ga EL namic DNS VPN Service Advanced Wireless Settings 5GHz a n ac Static Routes V Enable Wireless Router Radio Remote Management Management Fragmentation Length 256 2346 2346 IPv6 CTS RTS Threshold 1 2347 2347 Traffic Meter Preamble Mode USB Settings vice M Long Preamble E Turn off wireless signal by schedule The wireless signal is scheduled to turn off during the following time period Peroa stan ee Recurrence panem EB EB The previous figure does not show the bottom of the Wireless Settings page 5 Either in the Advanced Wireless Settings 2 4GHz b g n section or the Advanced Wireless Settings 5GHz 802 11a n ac section click the Add a new period button When to turn off wireless signal Start 12 00midnight End 12 00noon Recurrence Pattern Daily Select Days Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday 6 Use the menus radio buttons and check boxes to set up a period during which you want to turn off the WiFi signal and specify whether the schedule is recurrent 7 Click the Apply button The Wireless Settings page displays 8 Select the Turn off wireless signal by schedule check box to activate the schedule 9 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Manage the WiFi Network Settings 113 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Manage the WPS Setting
246. n determines whether this field displays onscreen 7 To renew the Internet connection when the connection is active click the Renew button 8 To terminate the Internet connection when the connection is active click the Release button 9 Click the Close Window button The pop up window closes Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 233 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 View Connect or Disconnect a PPPoE or PPPoA Internet Connection You can view information about a PPPoE or PPPoA Internet connection of the modem router and establish or terminate such a connection This information displays only if the modem router connects to the ISP network over a PPPoE connection or PPPoA connection The following sections describe Internet connections that use PPPoe and PPPoA Specify an ADSL Connection with a Login Requirement and PPPoA or PPPoE Service on page 52 Specify a VDSL Connection with a Login Requirement and PPPoE Service on page 61 Specify a Cable or Fiber Connection With a Login Requirement and PPPoE Service on page 71 To view the PPPoE or PPPOA Internet connection status or connect or disconnect the PPPoE or PPPOA Internet connection 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default passwor
247. n IP address and specify the subnet mask gateway IP address and metric To set up a static route 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Static Routes Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 214 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 ae Setup Wizard SZ seve Wome Destnaton satay WPS Wizard ofif ws CentralOffice 203 0 113 43 203 0 113 1 Setup eff ves CentralOfficeAlt 203 0 113 57 203 0 113 1 gt USB Functions Security gt Administration v Advanced Setup Wireless Settings Wireless AP Port Forwarding Port Triggering Dynamic DNS VPN Service Remote Management Traffic Meter USB Settings Device Mode The previous figure shows two routes in the table as an example 6 Click the Add button EID EB Route Name Private v Active Destination IP Address IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Metric 7 To make the route private select the Private check box A private static route is not reported in RIP 8 To prevent the route from becoming active after you click the Apply button clear the Activ
248. n net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Security gt Schedule Control Access to the Internet 136 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 se ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard gt Setup gt USB Functions v Security Parental Controls Access Control Block Sites Block Services Schedule E mail Administration Advanced Setup ADVANCED Days to Block v Every Day Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Time of day to block use 24 hour clock All Day Start Blocking O Houro Minute End Blocking 24 Hour oO Minute Time Zone GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin Edinburgh Lisbon London L Automatically adjust for daylight savings time Current Time Friday 20 Mar 2015 05 29 14 6 Set up the schedule for blocking e Days to Block Select the check box for each day that you want to block access or specify that blocking occurs on every day by selecting the Every Day check box By default the Every Day check box is selected e Time of Day to Block Select a start and end time for blocking in 24 hour format or select the All Day check box for 24 hour blocking By default the All Day check box is selected 7 From the
249. n that you want to remove Click the Delete Keyword button The keyword or domain is removed from the blocked list Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Remove All Keywords and Domains from the Blocked List You can simultaneously remove all keywords and domains from the blocked list To remove all keywords and domains from the blocked list 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Security gt Block Sites Control Access to the Internet 128 7 Click the Apply button AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The Block Sites page displays 6 Click the Clear List button All keywords and domains are removed from the blocked list Your settings are saved Specify a Trusted Computer You can exempt one trusted device from blocking and logging The device that you exempt must be assigned a fixed static IP address To specify a trusted device 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router
250. nch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 222 5 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Select ADVANCED gt Administration gt Backup Settings The Backup Settings page displays Click the Browse button and navigate to and select the saved configuration file The name of the backup file from which you can restore the configuration is NETGEAR D6400 cfg Follow the directions of your browser to locate and select the file Click the Restore button The configuration is uploaded to the modem router When the restoration is complete the modem router reboots This process takes about one minute A WARNING To avoid the risk of corrupting the firmware do not interrupt the restoration For example do not close the browser click a link or load a new page Do not turn off the modem router Wait until the modem router finishes restarting and the Power LED turns solid green Recover the admin Password NETGEAR recommends that you enable password recovery if you change the password for the modem router user name admin Then you can recover the password if
251. nd password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Port Forwarding Port Triggering The Port Forwarding Port Triggering page displays 6 Select the Port Triggering radio button The port triggering settings display 7 In the Port Triggering Time out field enter a value up to 9999 minutes The default setting is 20 minutes 8 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Disable Port Triggering By default port triggering is enabled You can disable port triggering temporarily without removing any port triggering rules To disable port triggering 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Port Forwarding Port Triggering The Port Forwarding Port Triggering page displays 6 Select the Port Triggering radio button Manage Port Forwarding and Port Triggering 271 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The port triggering settings display 7 Select the D
252. nd password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt QoS Setup The QoS Setup page displays Click the Set Up QoS Rule button The QoS Priority Rule list page displays Scroll down and click the Add Priority Rule button The QoS Priority Rules page displays From the Priority Category menu select Ethernet LAN Port Optimize Performance 145 10 11 12 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Priority QoS Policy for LAN Por 1 Priority Category Ethernet LAN Port LAN Port y Priority Normal v From the LAN Port menu select the LAN port 1 2 3 or 4 for which you want to configure the QoS policy The QoS Policy for field updates automatically From the Priority menu select the priority Highest High Normal or Low that must be assigned to the LAN port Click the Apply button Your settings are saved The new rule is added to the table on the QoS Priority Rule list page However if you restart the modem router the QoS rule is lost On the QoS Priority Rule list page click the Apply button Your settings are saved and the new QoS rule remains available after you restart the modem router Create a Custom QoS Rule for a MAC Address You can add a custom QoS rule that applies only to a specific MAC address fo
253. ned you a fixed IP address do the following a Select either the No or the I don t know radio button b Click the Next button Problem Detecting the Internet Connection MAC Address If you previously connected to your Internet service with a computer or another router NETGEAR Genie can use the same MAC address that worked before A MAC address is a unique number You can find the MAC address of the computer or router on its product label Enter the MAC address here format AABBCCDDEEFF c Enter the MAC address of the computer or router with which you previously were able to connect to the Internet You might find the MAC address on the product label of your device Enter the MAC address in the AABBCCDDEEFF format not in the AA BB CC DD EE FF format d Click the Next button 13 If the Congratulations page still does not display and the modem router still does not connect to the Internet do the following a Review all your settings Make sure that you selected the correct options and entered everything correctly b Run the Setup Wizard one more time Manage the Internet Settings Manually 46 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 c Contact your ISP to verify that you are using the correct configuration information d Read Troubleshoot the Internet Connection on page 278 If problems persist register your NETGEAR product and contact NETGEAR technical support When the modem router connects to
254. net A login window opens Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select Internet The Internet Setup page displays From the Select Country menu select the country in which you use the modem router The Select Country menu is not available in all countries and might be masked out From the Select Internet Service Provider menu select the Internet service provider ISP that you are using If your ISP is not in the menu select Other Select the virtual interface e Internet interface From the menu above the Enable This Interface check box leave the default menu selection at Internet In most situations you only need to configure the Internet interface e IPTV interface From the menu above the Enable This Interface check box select IPTV If you use an IPTV device you might need to configure the IPTV interface Make sure that the Enable This Interface check box is selected Scroll down to the Does your Internet connection require a login section and select the No radio button As an example the following figure shows the settings that display when you configure a cable or fiber connection for the Internet interface and your Internet connection does not require a login Manage the Internet Settings Manually 67 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router
255. net connection through auto configuration 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt IPv6 The IPv6 page displays 6 From the Internet Connection Type menu select Auto Config Manage the Internet Settings Manually 86 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 o ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard gt Setup USB Functions Security Administration wAdvanced Setup Wireless Settings Wireless AP Port Forwarding Port Internet Connection Type Auto Config DHCP User Class if Required DHCP Domain Name if Required Router s IPv6 Address On WAN Not Available LAN Setup Router s IPv6 Address On LAN Not Available IP Address Assignment Use DHCP Server Triggering Dynamic DNS VPN Service Static Routes Remote Management UPnP Auto Config Use This Interface ID Traffic Meter USB Settings Device Mode The modem router automatically detects the information in the following fields e Router s IPv6 Address on WAN This field shows the IPv6 address that is acquired for the modem router s WAN or Internet interf
256. network you must enter its MAC address for an Ethernet connection and its MAC address for a WiFi connection in the allowed list For more information see Manage Network Access Control Lists on page 123 The access rule does not affect previously blocked or allowed devices It applies only to devices joining your network in the future after you apply these settings Control Access to the Internet 122 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 9 To manage access for currently connected computers and devices e If you blocked all new devices from connecting to allow the computer or device that you are currently using to continue to access the network select the check box next to your computer or device in the table and click the Allow button e To either continue to allow or to block other computers and devices that are currently connected select the check box next to the computer or device in the table and click either the Allow button or the Block button E lowed BusinessLaptop 192 168 0 2 60 66 66 DA 66 7C Wireless e 10 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Manage Network Access Control Lists You can use access control to block or allow access to your network An access control list ACL functions with the MAC addresses of wired and WiFi devices that can either access your entire network or are blocked from accessing your entire network The modem router can detect the MAC addresses of de
257. nfiguring the WiFi mode see Manage the Basic WiFi Settings and WiFi Security of the Main Network on page 93 gt To set up a guest network 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive The BASIC Home page displays 4 Select Guest Network Manage the WiFi Network Settings 105 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Home gt Internet Apply gt XCancel Wireless Attached Devices Wireless Network 2 4GHz b g n Profile Enable Guest Network v Enable SSID Broadcast Parental Controls Ready SHARE Allow guests to see each other and access my local Guest Network neers Guest Wireless Network Name SSID NETGEAR Guest Security Options Profile None WPA2 PSK AES WPA PSK TKIP WPA2 PSK AES Wireless Network 5GHz a n ac Profile Enable Guest Network Enable SSID Broadcast Allow guests to see each other and access my local network Guest Wireless Network Name SSID NETGEAR 5G Guest Security Options Profile None WPA2 PSK AES WPA PSK TKIP WPA2 PSK AES 5 Enable the guest network and configure its WiFi settings as described in the following table Field Description Wireless Network 2 4GHz b g n
258. o 300 Mbps Performance mode This mode allows 802 11n 802 119 and 802 11b devices to join the network and allows 802 11n devices to function at up to 300 Mbps Note WEP security supports speeds of up to 54 Mbps Even if your devices are capable of a higher speed WEP security limits their speed to 54 Mbps Manage the WiFi Network Settings 95 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Field Description Security Options This information applies to the 2 4 GHz WiFi network Note NETGEAR recommends that you do not change your preset security settings WPA2 PSK AES If you must change the WiFi security select one of the following WiFi security options for the modem router s WiFi network e None An open WiFi network that does not provide any security Any WiFi device can join the network NETGEAR recommends that you do not use an open WiFi network e WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy WEP security is a legacy authentication and data encryption mode that is superseded by WPA PSK and WPA2 PSK The WEP option displays only if you select Up to 54 Mbps from the Mode menu For information about configuring WEP see Configure WEP Legacy WiFi Security on page 100 e WPA2 PSK AES This type of security is the default setting and enables WiFi devices that support WPAZ to join the modem router s 2 4 GHz WiFi network If you did not change the passphrase the default passphrase displays The default passphrase is
259. o Your Network Use Keywords to Block Internet Sites Manage Simple Outbound Firewall Rules for Services and Applications Set Up a Schedule for Keyword Blocking and Outbound Firewall Rules Set Up Security Event Email Notifications For information about more advanced ways to configure Internet security see Chapter 14 Manage Port Forwarding and Port Triggering 119 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Set Up Parental Controls The first time that you select Parental Controls from the BASIC Home page your browser goes to the Parental Controls website You learn more about Parental Controls or download the application gt To set up Parental Controls 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select Parental Controls The Parental Controls website opens Click the button for the app or version that you want to download and use 7 Follow the onscreen instructions to download and install the app 8 Open the app and select Parental Controls After installation Live Parental Controls automatically starts Live Parental Controls NETGEAR OILS Powered by OpenDNS You re about to setup NETGEAR Live
260. o initially register the ISP account If your ISP does require that you do this you must change the modem router MAC address that the modem router uses For more information see one of the following sections e Manually Set Up an ADSL Internet Connection on page 47 e Manually Set Up a VDSL Internet Connection on page 57 e Manually Set Up a Cable of Fiber Internet Connection on page 66 Your cannot connect over an Ethernet cable to the modem router e Make sure that the Ethernet cables are securely plugged in e Make sure that your computer or device does not use a static IP address but is configured to receive an IP address automatically with DHCP For most devices DHCP is the default setting You cannot connect over WiFi to the modem router Make sure that the WiFi settings in your WiFi device and modem router match exactly For a device that is connected over WiFi the WiFi network name SSID and WiFi security settings of the modem router and WiFi computer must match exactly The default SSID and password are on the product label see Bottom Panel Product Label on page 15 e Make sure that your WiFi device supports the security that you are using for your WiFi network WEP WPA or WPAZ2 For information about WiFi security settings see Manage the Basic WiFi Settings and WiFi Security of the Main Network on page 93 e Make sure that the modem router is not too far from your WiFi device or too close Mov
261. o the folder where the VPN client is installed on your device For a client device with Windows 64 bit system the VPN client is installed at C Program files OpenVPN config by default 12 For a client device with Windows modify the VPN interface name to NETGEAR VPN a In Windows select Start gt Control Panel gt Network and Internet gt Network Connections b In the local area connection list find the local area connection with the device name TAP Windows Adapter c Select the local area connection and change its name not its device name to NETGEAR VPN If you do not change the VPN interface name the VPN tunnel connection will fail Use a VPN Tunnel After you set up the modem router to use VPN and install the OpenVPN application on your computer you can open a VPN tunnel from your computer to your modem router over the Internet For the VPN tunnel to work the local LAN IP address of the remote router must use a different LAN IP scheme from that of the local LAN where your VPN client computer is connected If both networks use the same LAN IP scheme when the VPN tunnel is established you cannot access your home router or your home network with the OpenVPN software The default LAN IP address scheme for the modem router is 192 x x x The most common IP schemes are 192 x x x 172 x x x and 10 x x x If you experience a conflict change the IP scheme either for your home network or for the network with the client VPN
262. o the network and you changed the SSID you are disconnected from the network 8 Make sure that you can reconnect over WiFi to the network with its new settings If you cannot connect over WiFi check the following e If your computer or WiFi device is already connected to another WiFi network in your area disconnect it from that WiFi network and connect it to the WiFi network that the modem router provides Some WiFi devices automatically connect to the first open network without WiFi security that they discover e If your computer or WiFi device is trying to connect to your network with its old settings before you changed the settings update the WiFi network selection in your computer or WiFi device to match the current settings for your network e Does your WiFi device display as an attached device See View Devices Currently on the Network on page 237 If it does it is connected to the network e Are you using the correct network name SSID and password Configure WPA WPA2 Enterprise WiFi Security Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS is an enterprise level method for centralized Authentication Authorization and Accounting AAA management To provide WPA WPA2 enterprise WiFi security the WiFi network that the modem router provides must be able to access a RADIUS server Note WPS and WPA WPA2Z enterprise security cannot function together When you enable WPA WPA2 enterprise security WPS is disabled Tip I
263. odem Router Model D6400 gt To view or specify the settings for a VDSL Internet connection that does not require a login 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select Internet The Internet Setup page displays 6 From the Select Country menu select the country in which you use the modem router The Select Country menu is not available in all countries and might be masked out 7 From the Select Internet Service Provider menu select the Internet service provider ISP that you are using If your ISP is not in the menu select Other 8 From the Transfer Mode menu select PTM When you select PTM from the Transfer Mode menu the only option in the DSL Mode menu is VDSL2 9 Select the virtual interface e Internet interface From the menu above the Enable This Interface check box leave the default menu selection at Internet In most situations you only need to configure the Internet interface e IPTV interface From the menu above the Enable This Interface check box select IPTV If you use an IPTV device you might need to configure the IPTV interface 10 Make sure that the Enable This Interface check box is selected 11
264. ol ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard gt Setup gt USB Functions v Security Parental Controls Access Control Block Sites Block Services Schedule mail gt Administration gt Advanced Setup ax EB You can use Access Control to allow or block computers or electronic devices from accessing your network Turn on Access Control Access Rule This is a general rule You can also allow or block individual devices Allow all new devices to connect Block all new devices from connecting atiowed BusinessLaptop 192 168 0 2 60 66 66 04 66 7c Wireless gt View list of allowed devices not currently connected to the network gt View list of blocked devices not currently connected to the network 6 Select the Turn on Access Control check box You must select this check box before you can specify an access rule and use the Allow and Block buttons When this check box is cleared all devices are allowed to connect even if the device is in the list of blocked devices 7 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved 8 Select an access rule for new devices e Allow all new devices to connect With this setting if you add a new device it can access your network You do not need to enter its MAC address on this page NETGEAR recommends that you leave this radio button selected e Block all new devices from connecting With this setting if you add a new device before it can access your
265. om your network see Enable FTP Access Within Your Network on page 164 You can also set up FTP access through the Internet so that you can access the storage device from outside your local network for example when you are not at home gt To set up FTP access through the Internet 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Inthe address field of your browser enter http routerlogin net Access Storage Devices Through the Internet 177 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 A login window opens Type admin for the user name and type your password If you did not yet personalize your password type password for the password Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt USB Functions gt ReadySHARE Storage oe ADVANCED Home ADVANCEDHome Ready SHARE Media Server Setup Wizard WPS Wizard Storage A C Set Setup Pc etresh vUSB Functions Ready SHARE Storage Network Device Name SSS inter readyshare Workgroup Workgroup a farreenene mesne moonsonans fas _ ne a Available Network Folders Read Total Free a Share Name hoses ra Folder Name Volume Name Space Space All All fireadysnareuse storage no password no a ae ij STORE N GO 617 7M rei Create Network Folder Safely Remove USB Device The previous figure shows a USB device attached to the modem router Select the FTP via
266. on a Storage Device 0 00 c eee eee 166 Change a Network Folder Including Read and Write Access on a USB Drive 168 Approve USB DEVICES cccccd sccm ieeb esi gegadedoseeeepabsesed ei 170 Safely Remove a USB Device 0 cece eee een eens 171 Chapter 8 Access Storage Devices Through the Internet Set Up and Manage Dynamic DNS 0 eee eee eee eee 174 Your Personal TE SERVER oss snsiesie cuss asl gastidlccain ayactvavns pases ET EEE 174 Set Upa New Dynamic DNS ACCOUNT scacdcsedaners cos lacowerew nna 175 Specify a DNS Account That You Already Created 004 176 Access Storage Devices Through the Internet 0 00 177 Set Up FTP Access Through the Internet 0 eee eee 177 Access Storage Devices Through the Internet with FTP 179 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Chapter 9 Use the Modem Router as a Media Server Specify ReadyDLNA Media Server Settings 00 e eee eee eee Play Media from a USB Device on TiVO 0 6 eee eee eee ee Chapter 10 Share a USB Printer Install the Printer Driver and Cable the Printer 05 Download the ReadySHARE Printer Utility 00 Install the ReadySHARE Printer Utility 0 0000 Use the Shared Prite ve ccsecccessyatesandencatount rere divedetewnwns View or Change the Status of a Printer 0 eee eee eee
267. on and reset it to factory default settings If you do not know the current IP address of the modem router first try to use an IP scanner application to detect the IP address before you reset the modem router to factory default settings To reset the modem router to factory default settings you can use either the Reset button on the back of the modem router or the Erase function However if you cannot find the IP address or lost the password to access the modem router you must use the Reset button After you reset the modem router to factory default settings the user name is admin the password is password the LAN IP address is 192 168 0 1 which is the same as www routerlogin net and www routerlogin com and the DHCP server is enabled For a list of factory default settings see Factory Settings on page 286 Use the Reset Button CAUTION This process erases all settings that you configured in the modem router gt To reset the modem router to factory default settings 1 On the back of the modem router locate the Reset button 2 Using a straightened paper clip press and hold the Reset button for eight seconds 3 Release the Reset button Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 224 Vv AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The configuration is reset to factory default settings When the reset is complete the modem router reboots This process takes about one minute A WARNING To avoid the r
268. on the front panel blinks blue For more information about using WPS see the following sections e Join the WiFi Network of the Modem Router on page 18 e Use WPS to Add a Device to the WiFi Network on page 102 USB n a One 2 0 USB port Another USB port is located on the back panel Hardware Overview of the Modem Router 14 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Bottom Panel Product Label The product label on the bottom panel of the modem router lists the login information WiFi network name SSID and password network key serial number and MAC address of the modem router USB ff Power DSL Internet WiFi WiFi network name SSID 2 http www routerlogin net user name admin A Ac password password Netgear ae MAC address Randy SHARE Accession Windows Start gt RUN gt readyshare Iype readyshare NETG EAR ACI Cee Bot ApS Moden Router St oeo O ZON M D6 I lt S fie 12V 2 5A E O see O g Je R NZ r a Serial number Network Key password XXX XXXXX XX Designed by NETGEAR in California Made in China Figure 5 Modem router product label Hardware Overview of the Modem Router 15 Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network This chapter describes how you can install and access the modem router and its network The chapter contains the following sections Position Your Modem Router Connect to the Modem Router
269. only for necessary services and sites and might not include full Internet access Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Click the For Windows or For Non Windows button and download the configuration files for your VPN clients Unzip the configuration files and copy them to the folder where the VPN client is installed on your device For a client device with Windows 64 bit system the VPN client is installed at C Program files OpenVPN config by default Block VPN Client Internet Access in the Modem Router By default the modem router is set up to allow VPN connections only to your home network not to the Internet service for your home network If you changed this setting to allow Internet access you can change it back To allow VPN clients to access only your home network 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt VPN Service The VNP page displays Select the Enable VPN Service radio button Scroll down to the Clients will use this VPN connection to access section and select the Home Network only radio button Click the Apply button Your settings are s
270. onth Traffic Control Pop up a warning message 0 Mbytes Minutes before the monthly limit is reached When the monthly limit is reached Turn the Internet LED to flashing green amber Disconnect and disable the Internet connection Device Mode Internet Traffic Statistics Select the Enable Traffic Meter check box Select the Traffic volume control by radio button The buttons fields and check boxes on the page become available By default no traffic limit is specified and the traffic volume is not controlled From the corresponding menu select an option e Download only The restriction is applied to incoming traffic only e Both directions The restriction is applied to both incoming and outgoing traffic In the Monthly limit field enter how many MBytes MB per month are allowed If your ISP charges you for extra data volume when you make a new connection enter the extra data volume in MB in the Round up data volume for each connection by field In the Traffic Counter section set the traffic counter to begin at a specific time and date In the Traffic Control section enter a value in minutes to specify when the modem router issues a warning message before the monthly limit in hours is reached This setting is optional The modem router issues a warning when the balance falls under the minutes that you enter By default the value is 0 and no warning message is issued Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffi
271. or MBR partitions gt To format your USB hard disk drive and specify partitions 1 Physically connect the USB hard drive to your Mac 2 On your Mac go to Spotlight or the magnifying glass at the top right of the page and search for Disk Utility 3 To format your USB device open the Disk Utility click the Erase tab and click the Erase button 4 Click the Partition tab 5 Click the Partition Layout menu and set the number of partitions that you want to use Share a Storage Device 159 10 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Click the Options button The Partition options display Select the GUID Partition Table or Master Boot Record radio button For the format select Mac OS Extended Journaled Click the OK button Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Prepare to Back Up a Large Amount of Data Before you back up a large amount of data with Time Machine NETGEAR recommends that you follow this procedure To prepare to back up a large amount of data 1 2 3 4 Upgrade the operating system of the Mac computer Verify and repair the backup disk and the local disk Verify and repair the permissions on the local disk Set Energy Saver From the Apple menu select System Preferences From the View menu select Energy Saver Click the Power Adapter tab Select the Wake for Wi Fi network access check box papp Click the Back arrow to save the changes and exit the
272. or default QoS rules NETGEAR recommends that you change the priority only For information about changing custom QoS rules see the following sections e Create a Custom QoS Rule for an Application or Online Game on page 143 e Create a Custom QoS Rule for a Modem Router LAN Port on page 145 e Create a Custom QoS Rule for a MAC Address on page 146 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved The rule is updated in the table on the QoS Priority Rule list page However if you restart the modem router the changed to the QoS rule are lost On the QoS Priority Rule list page click the Apply button Your settings are saved and the updated QoS rule remains available after you restart the modem router Optimize Performance 150 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Remove a QoS Rule You can remove an individual custom or default QoS rule gt To remove an individual QoS rule 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt QoS Setup The QoS Setup page displays 6 Select the radio button for the application game LAN port or MAC address 7 Scroll down and click th
273. or set up access control to secure your network see Allow or Block Access to Your Network on page 121 gt To display the wired and WiFi devices 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 237 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The BASIC Home page displays Select Attached Devices The Attached Devices page displays Wired devices are connected to the modem router with Ethernet cables WiFi devices are connected to the modem router through the WiFi network either in the 2 4 GHz band or the 5 GHz band The following table describes the fields on the Attached Devices page Field Description Status The access control status Allowed or Blocked Device Name The device name if detected IP Address The IP address that the modem router assigned to the device when it joined the network This address can change when a device is disconnected and rejoins the network MAC Address The unique MAC address of the device The MAC address does not change and is usually shown on the product label Connection Type The type of connection for the device Wired or Wire
274. ot turn green a power on self test POST failure occurred or the modem router is malfunctioning For more information see Power LED Remains Solid Amber on page 276 e Blinking amber The Reset button on the back panel is pressed When you release the Reset button the Power LED blinks amber three times and then turns green as the modem router resets to the factory defaults e Off The modem router is not receiving power DSL e Solid green The modem router is providing a DSL connection In technical terms the DSL port is synchronized with an ISP s network access device e Blinking green The modem router is negotiating the best possible speed on the DSL line e Off The modem router is not negotiating the speed on the DSL line and is not providing a DSL connection Internet e Solid green The modem router is connected to the Internet O e Solid amber The modem router failed to connect to the Internet For more information see Troubleshoot the Internet Connection on page 278 e Alternating green and amber The traffic meter is enabled and the traffic limit was reached e Off The modem router did not detect an Internet connection or functions in bridge mode that is an external device handles the IP connection WiFi e Solid blue One or both WiFi radios are enabled and the modem router is providing WiFi connectivity e Blinking blue WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup is active e Off Both WiFi radios are disabled and t
275. ou can use either the DSL port or the Internet port for WAN connectivity You cannot use both simultaneously Reset button For information about using the Reset button see Use the Reset Button on page 224 Power On Off button Press the Power On Off button to provide power to the modem router or to turn it off DC power connector Connect the power adapter that came in the product package to the DC power connector Hardware Overview of the Modem Router 13 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Right Side Panel with WPS and WiFi On Off Buttons and USB Port The right side panel provides the WiFi On Off button the WPS button and a USB port WiFi On Off button WPS button UBS 2 0 port Figure 4 Modem router right side panel The following table describes the buttons and port Table 2 Button and port descriptions On Off O Button Icon Description or port WiFi By default the 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz WiFi radios are enabled Pressing this button for three seconds turns off both radios Pressing the button again for three seconds turns on both radios If you turn off the radios the WiFi LED on the front panel turns off too If you turn on the radios the WiFi LED on the front panel lights blue O Pressing this button for three seconds activates WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup to let you add a WiFi device to the WiFi network without typing the WiFi password While WPS is active the WiFi LED
276. ountry menu select the country in which you use the modem router 7 From the Internet Service Provider menu select the Internet service provider ISP that you are using If your ISP is not in the menu select Other 8 Select the Yes radio button If you select the No radio button you are taken to the Internet Setup page after you click the Next button see Manually Set Up an ADSL Internet Connection on page 47 9 Click the Next button Manage the Internet Settings Manually 42 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The Setup Wizard searches your Internet connection for servers and protocols to determine your ISP configuration Detecting the Internet Connection This process can take up to six minutes please wait When the modem router is connected to the Internet the Congratulations page displays and you successfully completed the setup process If the Congratulations page does not display other screens might display and you might need to provide more information in which case you must continue with the next step The screens that display depend on your type of ISP connection and configuration You are successfully connected to the Internet This router is preset with the following unique wireless network name SSID and network key password 2 4GHz Wireless Network Name SSID NETGEAR23 Wireless Network Key Password jaggedtrumpet276 5GHz Wireless Network Name SSID NETGEAR23 5G Wireless N
277. outer Model D6400 Back Up Windows Computers with ReadySHARE Vault The modem router comes with free backup software for all the Windows computers in your home Connect a USB hard disk drive HDD to the modem router for centralized continuous and automatic backup The following operating systems support ReadySHARE Vault e Windows 7 e Windows 8 e Windows 8 1 gt To back up your Windows computer 1 Connect a USB HDD to one of the USB ports on the modem router 2 Visit www netgear com readyshare 3 Scroll down to the A Happy Home Is Filled With Love And Safely Stored Data section 4 Click the Download the installer and get started link 5 Follow the onscreen instructions to download the utility file 6 Launch the ReadySHAREVault install exe file and install the utility The Dashboard page displays 7 Use the dashboard or the Backup tab to set up and run your backup Back Up Mac Computers with Time Machine You can use Time Machine to back up your Mac computers onto a USB hard drive that is connected to the USB port on the modem router You can access the connected storage device from your Mac with a wired or wireless connection to your modem router Set Up a USB Hard Drive on a Mac NETGEAR recommends that you use a new USB HDD or format your old USB disk to do the Time Machine backup for the first time Use a blank partition to prevent some issues during backup using Time Machine The modem router supports GUID
278. outer Model D6400 Optimize Traffic with Internet Access QoS You can use Quality of Service QoS rules to assign different priorities to Internet traffic applications services and devices on your LAN The modem router provides default QoS rules You add custom QoS rules and manage both default and custom QoS rules see Manage Default and Custom QoS Rules on page 142 NETGEAR recommends that you enable Internet access QoS only if you use streaming Internet When Internet access QoS assigns a high priority to streaming video it also assigns lower priority to the rest of your Internet traffic That means that other tasks such as downloading content from the Internet take longer gt To enable Internet access QoS 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt QoS Setup a o ADVANCED Home sa maam WPS Wizard Setup v Enable WMM Wi Fi multimedia settings Internet Setup Wireless Setup WAN Setup A LAN Setup Uplink bandwidth Maximum 512 Kbps OOKLA Turn Internet Access QoS On POWERED BY Guest Network VLAN Bridge Settings QoS Priority Rule list gt USB Function
279. ovider Wireless Settings Do you have a NETGEAR DDNS or a No IP DDNS account Wireless AP Yes Port Forwarding Port No Triggering VPN Service Please enter the following information for registration Static Routes Host Name _mynetgear com Remote Management UPnP IPv6 Password 6 32 characters Email Traffic Meter eee _ _ By submitting this form agree to the USB Settings CZ tems ofsenice ang that will only Device Mode create one free account Select the Use a Dynamic DNS Service check box From the Service Provider menu select NETGEAR Select the No radio button O oNne In the Host Name field enter the name that you want to use for your URL The host name is sometimes called the domain name Your free URL includes the host name that you specify and ends with mynetgear com For example specify MyName mynetgear com 10 In the Email field enter the email address that you want to use for your account Access Storage Devices Through the Internet 175 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 11 In the Password 6 32 characters field enter the password that you want to use for your account 12 Click the Register button 13 Follow the onscreen instructions to register for your NETGEAR Dynamic DNS service Specify a DNS Account That You Already Created If you already created a Dynamic DNS account with NETGEAR No IP or Dyn you can set up the modem router to use your account To set up Dynam
280. owser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Wait for the modem router to check if newer firmware is available This process might take a few minutes If the modem router detects new firmware the modem router displays a message at the top of the page Click the message To upgrade the modem router with the latest firmware click the Yes button After the upgrade the modem router restarts A WARNING To avoid the risk of corrupting the firmware do not interrupt the upload For example do not close the browser click a link or load a new page Do not turn off the modem router Wait until the modem router finishes restarting and the Power LED turns solid green Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 39 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Access the Modem Router with the NETGEAR genie App The genie app is the easy dashboard for managing monitoring and repairing your home network from a smartphone tablet or computer The genie app can help you with the following e Automatically repair common WiFi network problems e Easily manage modem router features such as Live Parental Controls guest access Internet tra
281. password recovery if you change the password for the modem router user name admin Then you can recover the password if it is forgotten This recovery process is supported in Internet Explorer Firefox and Chrome browsers but not in the Safari browser gt To set up password recovery 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Administration gt Set Password The Set Password page displays Select the Enable Password Recovery check box Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 38 T 8 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Select two security questions and provide answers to them Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Let the Modem Router Automatically Update Its Firmware When you set up your modem router and are connected to the Internet the modem router automatically checks for you to see if newer firmware is available If it is a message is displayed at the top of the page For information about manually upgrading firmware see Update the Firmware of the Modem Router on page 219 gt To automatically update the firmware 1 2 Launch a web br
282. printed on the product label see Bottom Panel Product Label on page 15 WPA2 provides a secure connection but some older WiFi devices do not detect WPA2 and support only WPA If your network includes such older devices select WPA PSK TKIP WPA2 PSK AES security NETGEAR recommends that you do not change the default passphrase If you must change the passphrase in the Passphrase field enter a phrase of 8 to 63 characters To join the modem router s WiFi network a user must enter this passphrase e WPA PSK TKIP WPA2 PSK AES This type of security enables WiFi devices that support either WPA or WPA2 to join the modem router s 2 4 GHz WiFi network However WPA PSK TKIP is less secure than WPA2 PSK AES and limits the speed of WiFi devices to 54 Mbps To use this type of security in the Passphrase field enter a phrase of 8 to 63 characters To join the modem router s WiFi network a user must enter this passphrase e WPA WPA2 Enterprise This type of security requires that your WiFi network can access a RADIUS server For information about configuring WPA WPA2 Enterprise see Configure WPA WPA2 Enterprise WiFi Security on page 98 Wireless Network 5GHz 802 11a n ac Enable SSID By default the modem router broadcasts its SSID so that WiFi stations can detect the Broadcast WiFi name SSID in their scanned network lists To turn off the SSID broadcast clear the Enable SSID Broadcast check box Turning off the SSID broad
283. r a device on the LAN To create a QoS policy for a specific MAC address 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt QoS Setup The QoS Setup page displays Click the Set Up QoS Rule button The QoS Priority Rule list page displays Optimize Performance 146 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 7 Scroll down and click the Add Priority Rule button The QoS Priority Rules page displays 8 From the Priority Category menu select MAC Address Priority QoS Policy for Priority Category MAC Address X MAC Device List QoS Policy Priority Device Name MAC Address Pri_MAC_DA947C Normal BusinessLaptop 60 66 66 DA66 7C MAC Address Device Name Priority Normal v Add Edit Delete Refresh 9 In the QoS Policy for field type a descriptive name for the new policy 10 If the device for which you want to create a QoS policy is displayed in the MAC Device List select its radio button The information from the MAC Device List automatically populates the QoS Policy for MAC Address and Device Name fields 11 If the device does not displa
284. r cycle the DSL modem or the Ethernet cable is already fully inserted in the correct ports do the following a Select the None of the above radio button b Click the Next button 12 Only if the following page displays Specify how to manage problems with the detection of the IP address for the Internet connection The page that might display states that a problem occurred while detecting the Internet connection IP address Problem Detecting the Internet Connection IP Address Did your Internet Service Provider ISP assign to you a fixed static IP address This is a very rare special deployment Select an option and click Next to proceed Yes My ISP assigned a fixed static IP address to me No did not get a fixed static IP address from my ISP I don t know Take one of the following actions If your ISP assigned you a fixed static IP address do the following a Select the Yes radio button b Click the Next button Manage the Internet Settings Manually 45 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Enter the fixed IP settings assigned by your Internet Service Provider and click Next to proceed My IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Preferred ONS Server Alternate ONS Server c Enter the address information that your ISP gave you for your fixed IP address configuration d Click the Next button e If your ISP did not assign you a fixed IP address or you do not know if your ISP assig
285. raffic meter CAUTION If your ISP set a traffic limit your ISP might charge you for the overage traffic gt To unblock the traffic meter 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Traffic Meter The Traffic Meter page displays 6 In the Traffic Control section clear the Disconnect and disable the Internet connection check box 7 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Manage the Modem Router Remotely The remote management feature lets you access your modem router securely over the Internet to view or change its settings You must know the modem router s WAN IP address to use this feature For information about remote access using Dynamic DNS see Chapter 8 Access Storage Devices Through the Internet Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 244 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Note Be sure to change the password for the user name admin to a secure password The ideal password contains no dictionary words from any language and contains uppercase and lowercase letters numbers and symbols It can be up to 30 characters
286. rface first use the following procedure to configure the Internet interface Then repeat the procedure to configure the IPTV interface To view or specify the settings for an ADSL Internet connection that does not require a login 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Manage the Internet Settings Manually 47 10 11 12 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select Internet The Internet Setup page displays From the Select Country menu select the country in which you use the modem router The Select Country menu is not available in all countries and might be masked out From the Select Internet Service Provider menu select the Internet service provider ISP that you are using If your ISP is not in the menu select Other From the Transfer Mode menu select ATM From the DSL Mode menu select the ADSL mode that your ISP provided you e Auto The modem router detects the DSL mode automatically This is the default setting e ADSL Legacy version of ADSL e ADSL2 Legacy version of ADSL2 e ADSL2 ADSL2 provides the fastest downstream rates and can interoperate with ADSL2 and ADSL
287. rk request that you do not connect the USB cable until the installation software prompts you to do so gt To install the driver and cable the printer 1 On each computer on your network that shares the USB printer install the driver software for the USB printer If the printer driver is not installed contact the printer manufacturer 2 Use a USB printer cable to connect the USB printer to USB port on the modem router USB 2 0 port on the back panel USB 2 0 port on the right side panel Download the ReadySHARE Printer Utility The utility works on Windows computers Mac computers smart phones and tablets gt To download the ReadySHARE Printer utility 1 Visit netgear com readyshare 2 Scroll down to the Print From the Comfort of Your Home Network section at the bottom of the page 3 Click one of the following links e Download PC installer and get started This is the utility for Windows computers e Download Mac installer and get started This is the utility for MAC computers e Download the genie App and get started This is the utility for smart phones and tablets 4 Follow the onscreen instructions to download the ReadySHARE Printer utility setup file Share a USB Printer 186 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Install the ReadySHARE Printer Utility You must install the ReadySHARE Printer utility on each computer that will share the printer After you install it the utility displays
288. rmance 153 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Improve Network Connections with Universal Plug and Play Universal Plug and Play UPnP helps devices such as Internet appliances and computers access the network and connect to other devices as needed UPnP devices can automatically discover the services from other registered UPnP devices on the network If you use applications such as multiplayer gaming peer to peer connections or real time communications such as instant messaging or remote assistance keep UPnP enabled which it is by default gt To manage Universal Plug and Play 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt UPnP The UPnP page displays Select or clear the Turn UPnP On check box By default this check box is selected UPnP for automatic device configuration can be enabled or disabled If the Turn UPnP On check box is cleared the modem router does not allow any device to automatically control router resources such as port forwarding Enter the advertisement period in minutes The advertisement period specifies how often the modem rout
289. router s network address translation NAT service You can add VLAN tag groups to a bridge and assign VLAN IDs and priority values to each VLAN tag group To add a VLAN tag group and enable the bridge 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt VLAN Bridge Settings The VLAN Bridge Settings page displays 6 Select the Enable VLAN Bridge Group check box Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 198 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 a oe ADVANCED Home N Bric Setup Wizard ESEB P y gt v Setup v Enable VLAN Bridge Group Internet Setup By bridge group Wireless Setup WAN Setup LAN Setup By VLAN tag group QoS Setup Name VLAN ID Wired Ports Wireless Guest Network pica meme tor o gt USB Functions Add 7 Eat X Delete Security Administration Advanced Setup By default the By VLAN tag group radio button is selected 7 Click the Add button EID EZB VLAN ID 1 4094 Priority 0 0 7 Pori _Port2 Pon3 Port4 I WiFi 2 4G LIWIFi 5G Guest 2 4G L Guest 5G 8 Specify the settings as describe
290. router supports the following file system types for full read write access e FAT16 e FAT32 e NTFS e NTFS with compression format enabled e Ext2 e Ext3 e Ext4 The modem router supports the following file system types with read only access e HFS e HFS Connect a USB Device to the Modem Router ReadySHARE lets you access and share a USB device that is connected to a USB port on the modem router If your USB device uses special drivers it is not compatible One USB port is on the back panel of the modem router and another is on the right side panel USB 2 0 port on the back panel USB 2 0 port on the right side panel Figure 8 USB ports on modem router Share a Storage Device 157 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 gt To connect a USB device f 2 Connect your USB storage device to the USB port on the modem router If your USB device uses a power supply connect it You must use the power supply when you connect the USB device to the modem router When you connect the USB device to the USB port of the modem router it might take up to two minutes before the USB device is ready for sharing By default the USB device is available to all computers on your local area network LAN Access a Storage Device Connected to the Modem Router gt From a computer or device on the network you can access a storage device that is connected to the modem router To access the device from a Mac
291. s Security gt Administration gt Advanced Setup 6 Select the Turn Internet Access QoS On check box 7 Specify the uplink bandwidth settings by doing one of the following e If you know the uplink bandwidth of your Internet connection type it in the Uplink bandwidth Maximum field Optimize Performance 141 8 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 e Ifyou are not sure click the SpeedTest button The speed test checks your uplink bandwidth and automatically enters the detected uplink bandwidth in the Uplink bandwidth Maximum field Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Manage Default and Custom QoS Rules QoS rules apply when you enable Internet access QoS see Optimize Traffic with Internet Access QoS on page 141 You can add custom QoS rules and change and remove both default and custom QoS rules You can add QoS rules for services and applications but also for specific devices on your network You can set up custom rules for the following components Application or online game see Create a Custom QoS Rule for an Application or Online Game on page 143 Ethernet LAN port of the modem router see Create a Custom QoS Rule for a Modem Router LAN Port on page 145 Device on the LAN by MAC address see Create a Custom QoS Rule for a MAC Address on page 146 View the Default QoS Rules The modem router provides default QoS rules for common applications and games gt To v
292. s v Security Allow all new devices to connect Block all new devices from connecting Parental Controls Access Control E Allowed BusinessLaptop Administration gt View list of allowed devices not currently connected to the network Advanced Setup Ew list of blocked devices not currently connected to the netwo EZD Or A table displays the detected device names MAC addresses and connection types of the devices that are not connected and blocked from accessing the network Control Access to the Internet 125 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 To add a device to the blocked list do the following a Click the Add button The Add Blocked Device page displays b Enter the MAC address and device name for the device that you want to block c Click the Add button on the Add Blocked Device page The device is added to the blocked list on the Access Control page To remove a device from blocked list do the following a Select the check box for the device b Click the Remove from the list button The device is removed from the blocked list Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Use Keywords to Block Internet Sites You can block keywords and domains websites to prevent certain types of HTTP traffic from accessing your network By default keyword blocking is disabled and no domains are blocked Set Up Blocking You can set up blocking of specific keywords and domains to o
293. s Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS lets you join the WiFi network without typing the WiFi password You can change the WPS default and security settings To manage WPS settings 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Wireless Settings The Wireless Settings page displays Scroll down to the bottom of the page WPS Settings Routers PIN 77816801 v Enable Routers PIN Y To prevent PIN compromise auto disable the PIN after 3 failed PIN connections until router reboots In auto disabled mode routers WPS LED will keep blinking slowly v Keep Existing Wireless Settings 2 4GHz b g n Y Keep Existing Wireless Settings SGHz a n ac Enable Implicit BEAMFORMING Boosts WiFi speed reliability amp range for all mobile devices The Router s PIN field displays the fixed PIN that you use to configure the modem router s WiFi settings from another platform through WPS To disable the PIN clear the Enable Router s PIN check box By default the Enable Router s PIN check box is selected and the modem router s PIN is enabled For enhanced security you can disable the modem router s PIN by cle
294. s the following occurs e The Power LED lights solid green indicating that the startup procedure finished e The WiFi LED lights solid blue indicating the WiFi network is available 3 After approximately one minute the DSL LED blinks green to indicate that the modem router is negotiating the best possible speed on the DSL line If the negotiation completes and a DSL link is established the LED turns solid green If you do not use a DSL modem but a cable or fiber modem the LED remains off 4 When the DSL cable or fiber connection is established the Internet LED blinks amber When an Internet connection is established the Internet LED lights solid green amp Note Whether the USB LED lights depends on whether a USB device is connected to one of the USB ports Power LED Remains Solid Amber When you turn on the modem router the Power LED turns solid amber After about 50 seconds the Power LED lights solid green indicating that the startup procedure finished If the LED still does not turn green after two minutes a power on self test POST failure occurred or the modem router is malfunctioning If the Power LED does not turn green do the following 1 Turn the power off and back on to see if the modem router recovers 2 If the Power LED still does not turn green reset the modem router to factory default settings For more information see Use the Reset Button on page 224 Troubleshooting 276 AC1
295. s admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Static Routes The Static Routes page displays In the Static Routes table select the radio button to the left of the route that you want to change Click the Edit button The page adjusts Change the settings for the route For more information about the settings see Set Up a Static Route on page 214 Click the Apply button The route is updated in the table on the Static Routes page Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 216 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Remove a Static Route You can remove an existing static route that you no longer need To remove a static route 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Static Routes The Static Routes page displays In the Static Routes table select the radio button to the left of the route that you want to remove Click the Delete button The route is removed from the table on the Static Routes page M
296. s and share a USB storage device connected to the modem router If your storage device uses special drivers it is not compatible Note You can use the USB port on the modem router only to connect a USB storage device such as a flash drive or hard drive or a printer Do not connect a computer USB modem CD drive or DVD drive to the modem router USB port The chapter includes the following sections USB Device Requirements Connect a USB Device to the Modem Router Access a Storage Device Connected to the Modem Router Back Up Windows Computers with ReadySHARE Vault Back Up Mac Computers with Time Machine Manage Access to a Storage Device Enable FTP Access Within Your Network View Network Folders on a Device Add a Network Folder on a Storage Device Change a Network Folder Including Read and Write Access on a USB Drive Approve USB Devices Safely Remove a USB Device Note For more information about ReadySHARE features visit netgear com readyshare 156 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 USB Device Requirements The modem router works with most USB compliant external flash and hard drives For the most up to date list of USB devices that the modem router supports visit kbserver netgear com readyshare Some USB external hard drives and flash drives require you to load the drivers onto the computer before the computer can access the USB device Such USB devices do not work with the modem router The modem
297. s are sent immediately when someone attempts to visit a blocked site Send logs according to this schedule To send logs based on a schedule select one of the following options from the menu e When log is full This is the default selection e Hourly Logs are sent every hour e Daily Logs are sent every day From the Time menu specify the time of day and select the am or pm radio button e Weekly Logs are sent every week From the Day menu select the day From the Time menu specify the time of day and select the am or pm radio button If you do not want logs to be sent at all select the None option from the menu 8 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Logs are sent automatically If the log fills before the specified time it is sent After the log is sent itis cleared from the modem router memory If the modem router cannot email the log and the log buffer fills the modem router overwrites the log Control Access to the Internet 139 Optimize Performance This chapter describes how you can optimize the modem router s performance and manage the traffic flows through the modem router This chapter contains the following sections Optimize Traffic with Internet Access QoS Manage Default and Custom QoS Rules Manage Wi Fi Multimedia Quality of Service Manage Implicit Beamforming Improve Network Connections with Universal Plug and Play 140 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem R
298. s in the address field of the browser For example if your IP address is 10 1 65 4 type ftp 10 1 65 4 If you are using Dynamic DNS type the DNS name For example type ftp MyName mynetgear com Access Storage Devices Through the Internet 179 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 When prompted log in e To log in as admin in the user name field enter admin and in the password field enter the same password that you use to log in to the modem router e To log in as guest in the user name field enter guest The guest user name does not need a password The files and folders that your account can access on the USB device display For example you might see share partitionl directoryl Navigate to a location on the USB device Download or upload the file Access Storage Devices Through the Internet 180 Use the Modem Router as a Media Server The modem router comes set up to work as a ReadyDLNA media server You can set up the modem router to play music from iTunes Server and media from TiVo This chapter contains the following sections e Specify ReadyDLNA Media Server Settings e Play Media from a USB Device on TiVo 181 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Specify ReadyDLNA Media Server Settings By default the modem router functions as a ReadyDLNA media server which lets you view movies and photos on DLNA UPnP AV compliant media players such as Xbox360 Playstation
299. s to the devices on your home network the LAN through a DHCP server This method passes more information to LAN devices but some IPv6 systems might not support the DHCPv 6 client function e Auto Config This is the default setting 10 To specify the interface ID for the IPv6 address of the modem router s LAN interface select the Use This Interface ID check box and enter the interface ID If you do not specify an ID here the modem router generates one automatically from its MAC address 11 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Set Up an IPv6 6rd Tunnel Connection The 6rd protocol makes it possible to deploy IPv6 to sites using a service provider s IPv4 network 6rd uses the service provider s own IPv6 address prefix This limits the operational domain of 6rd to the service provider s network and is under direct control of the service provider The IPv6 service that is provided is equivalent to native IPv6 The 6rd mechanism relies on an algorithmic mapping between the IPv6 and IPv4 addresses that are assigned for use within the service provider s network This mapping allows for automatic determination of IPv4 tunnel endpoints from IPv6 prefixes enabling stateless operation of 6rd To set up an IPv6 6rd tunnel connection 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the modem router user name and p
300. se the printer 7 To exit the utility select System gt Exit Use the Shared Printer For each computer after you click the Connect and Disconnect buttons once the utility automatically manages the printing queue By default the utility starts automatically whenever you log on to Windows and runs in the background gt To manually connect and print 1 Click the NETGEAR USB Control Center icon Ex The main page displays Click the Connect button The printer status changes to Manually connected by Mycomputer Now only the computer that you are using can use this printer Use the print feature in your application to print your document 4 To release the printer so that all computers on the network can use it click the Disconnect button Share a USB Printer 188 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 gt To print and release the printer to any computer on the network 1 To print your document use the print feature in your application The NETGEAR USB Control Center automatically connects your computer to the USB printer and prints the document If another computer is already connected to the printer your print job goes into a queue to wait to be printed 2 If your document does not print use the NETGEAR USB Control Center to check the status See View or Change the Status of a Printer on page 189 View or Change the Status of a Printer gt To view or change the status 1 Click the NETGEAR
301. ser name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Security gt Block Services The following figure shows two rules in the Service Table Control Access to the Internet 135 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Ls o ADVANCED Home BIOCK Se ces oo Es WPS Wizard gt Setup Services Blocking Never Per Schedule v Security Always USB Functions Parental Controls Service Table e eem pea OCS ofo amenn o O oron o mome wm om Delete Administration EZD A Edit Advanced Setup 6 In the Service Table select the radio button for the rule 7 Click the Delete button The rule is removed from the Service Table Set Up a Schedule for Keyword Blocking and Outbound Firewall Rules You can set up a schedule that you can apply to keyword blocking see Use Keywords to Block Internet Sites on page 126 and outbound firewall rules see Manage Simple Outbound Firewall Rules for Services and Applications on page 130 If applied the schedule specifies the days and time that keyword blocking and outbound firewall rules are active By default no schedule is set and you can either enable or disable this feature gt To set up a schedule for blocking 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogi
302. ss is acquired the field displays Not Available If your IPv6 ISP gave you a specific host name in the User Class If Required field enter the host name If your IPv6 ISP did not give you a specific host name you can leave this field blank To specify a domain name in the Domain Name If Required field enter a domain name If your ISP gave you a specific domain name enter it in this field For example Earthlink Cable might require a host name of home and Comcast sometimes supplies a domain name If your ISP did not give you a specific domain name you can either leave this field blank or enter the domain name of your IPv6 ISP Do not enter the domain name for the IPv4 ISP here For example if your ISP s mail server is mail xxx yyy zzz enter xxx yyy ZZZ as the domain name Manage the Internet Settings Manually 83 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 9 Select an IP Address Assignment radio button e Use DHCP Server The modem router assigns IPv6 addresses to the devices on your home network the LAN through a DHCP server This method passes more information to LAN devices but some IPv6 systems might not support the DHCPV 6 client function This is the default setting e Auto Config The modem router automatically configures its IPv6 address based on the IPv6 protocol 10 To specify the interface ID for the IPv6 address of the modem router s LAN interface select the Use This Interface ID check box
303. ssword is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt QoS Setup The QoS Setup page displays Optimize Performance 143 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 6 Click the Set Up QoS Rule button The QoS Priority Rule list page displays 7 Scroll down and click the Add Priority Rule button The QoS Priority Rules page displays 8 From the Priority Category menu select one of the following options e Applications When you select Applications from the Priority Category menu the Applications menu lets you select existing applications but scroll down to the bottom of the menu to select Add a new application Priority QoS Policy for Priority Category Applications Priority Specified Port Range Connection Type Starting Port Ending Port Applications X Add a new application v Normal TCP UDP 1 65535 1 65535 e Online Gaming When you select Online Gaming from the Priority Category menu the Applications menu lets you select existing games but scroll down to the bottom of the menu to select Add a new game Priority QoS Policy for Priority Category Applications Priority Specified Port Range Connection Type Starting Port Ending Port Online Gaming X Addanewgame v Normal v TCP UDP 1 65535 1 65535 9 Specify the new QoS rule as described in the following table
304. st packet to the designated device The device then responds with an echo reply You can easily troubleshoot a network using the ping utility in your computer or workstation Test the LAN Path to Your Modem Router You can ping the modem router from your computer to verify that the LAN path to your modem router is set up correctly gt To ping the modem router from a Windows computer 1 From the Windows taskbar click the Start button and select Run 2 In the field provided enter ping followed by the IP address of the modem router as in this example ping 192 168 0 1 3 Click the OK button A message such as the following one displays Pinging lt IP address gt with 32 bytes of data If the path is working you see this message Reply from lt IP address gt bytes 32 time NN ms TTL xxx If the path is not working you see this message Request timed out Troubleshooting 283 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 If the path is not functioning correctly one of the following problems might be occurring e Wrong physical connections For a wired connection make sure that the numbered LAN port LED is lit for the port to which you are connected Check that the appropriate LEDs are on for your network devices If your modem router and computer are connected to a separate Ethernet switch make sure that the link LEDs are lit for the switch ports that are connected to your computer and modem router
305. t PEN Chose he anes of OpenVPN 2 3 2 1003 you want to instal Select the components to install upgrade Stop any OpenVPN processes or the OpenVPN service if itis running All DLLs are installed locally Select components to install 2 TAP Virtual Ethernet Adapter F OpenvPN GUI V OpenVPN File Associations m Opens L Utilities Cg 7 Leave the check boxes selected as shown in the previous figure and click the Next button 8 To specify the destination folder click the Browse button select a destination folder and click the Next button Windows Security Would you like to install this device software Name TAP Windows Provider V9 Network adapters x Publisher OpenVPN Technologies Inc Always trust software from OpenVPN Don t Install Technologies Inc J You should only install driver software from publishers you trust How can I decide which device software is safe to install 9 Click the Install button The page displays the progress of the installation and then displays the final installation page OpenVPN 2 3 2 1003 Setup SeA Completing the OpenVPN 2 3 2 1003 Setup Wizard OpenVPN 2 3 2 1003 has been installed on your computer Click Finish to dose this wizard 7 Show Readme 10 Click the Finish button Use VPN to Access Your Network 252 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 11 Unzip the configuration files that you downloaded and copy them t
306. t VEN Service Use DHCP Server Static Routes Auto Config Remote Management UPnP Use This Interface ID Traffic Meter USB Settings Device Mode The modem router automatically detects the information in the following fields e Router s IPv6 Address On WAN This field shows the IPv6 address that is acquired for the modem router s WAN or Internet interface The number after the slash is the length of the prefix which is also indicated by the underline _ under the IPv6 address If no address is acquired the field displays Not Available e Router s IPv6 Address On LAN This field shows the IPv6 address that is acquired for the modem router s LAN interface The number after the slash is the length of the prefix which is also indicated by the underline _ under the IPv6 address If no address is acquired the field displays Not Available In the Login field enter the login information for the ISP connection This is usually the name that you use in your email address For example if your main mail account is JerAB ISP com you would enter JerAB in this field Some ISPs such as Earthlink require that you use your full email address when you log in If your ISP requires your full email address enter it in this field In the Password field enter the password for the ISP connection In the Service Name field enter a service name If your ISP did not provide a service name leave this field blank Note The
307. t Triggering 272 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 from its session table and incoming traffic is no longer accepted on port numbers 33333 or 113 Manage Port Forwarding and Port Triggering 273 Troubleshooting This chapter provides information to help you diagnose and solve problems you might experience with your modem router If you do not find the solution here check the NETGEAR support site at support netgear com for product and contact information This chapter contains the following sections Quick Tips for Troubleshooting Troubleshoot with the LEDs You Cannot Log In to the Modem Router Troubleshoot the Internet Connection Changes Are Not Saved Troubleshoot the WiFi Connectivity Troubleshoot Your Network Using the Ping Utility 274 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Quick Tips for Troubleshooting The following table includes tips for troubleshooting some common problems Table 4 Quick tips for troubleshooting Problem Possible Solution Your network is unresponsive or does not function normally Restart your network 1 Turn off and unplug the DSL cable or fiber modem 2 Turn off the modem router 3 Plug inthe DSL cable or fiber modem and turn it on Wait two minutes 4 Turn on the modem router and wait two minutes If network problems still occur make sure that your ISP does not require you to use the MAC address of the computer that was used t
308. t mask and gateway IP address that your ISP assigned you for static IP address service The gateway is the ISP router to which your modem router connects Domain Name Server DNS Address The DNS server is used to look up site addresses based on their domain names Get Automatically from ISP Your ISP uses DHCP to assign your DNS servers Your ISP automatically assigns this address Use These DNS Servers If you know that your ISP does not automatically transmit DNS addresses to the modem router during login select this option and enter the IP address of your ISP primary DNS server If a secondary DNS server address is available enter it also NAT Network Address Translation NAT allows computers on your home network to share the modem router Internet connection NAT is enabled by default because it is required in most situations Select the NAT setting e Enable NAT is enabled This is the default setting Leave this setting if no reason to disable NAT exists e Disable NAT is disabled Router MAC Address The Ethernet MAC address that the modem router uses on the Internet port Some ISPs register the MAC address of the network interface card in your computer when your account is first opened They accept traffic only from the MAC address of that computer This feature allows your modem router to use your computer s MAC address also called cloning Use Default Address Use the default MAC address
309. t the data traffic and to change the polling interval click the Traffic Status button The Traffic Status pop up window displays Restrict Internet Traffic by Volume You can record and restrict the traffic by volume in MB This is useful when your ISP measures your traffic in volume gt Torecord and restrict the Internet traffic by volume 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 240 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Traffic Meter so ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard gt Setup Internet Traffic Meter Enable Traffic Meter Traffic volume control by No limit gt USB Functions gt Security gt Administration v Advanced Setup Wireless Settings Wireless AP Port Forwarding Port Triggering Dynamic DNS VPN Service Static Routes Remote Management UPnP IPv6 USB Settings Monthly limit Mbytes Round up data volume for each connection by Mbytes Connection time control Monthly limit hours Traffic Counter Restart traffic counter at 00 00 am Onthe ist day of each m
310. ted and IGMP proxying is disabled Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Manage NAT Filtering Network Address Translation NAT determines how the modem router processes inbound traffic Secured NAT protects computers on the LAN from attacks from the Internet but might prevent some Internet games point to point applications or multimedia applications from working Open NAT provides a much less secured firewall but allows almost all Internet applications to work Secured NAT is the default setting gt To change the default NAT filtering settings 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt WAN Setup The WAN Setup page displays Select a NAT Filtering radio button e Secured Provides a secured firewall to protect the computers on the LAN from attacks from the Internet but might prevent some Internet games point to point applications or multimedia applications from functioning By default the Secured radio button is selected e Open Provides a much less secured firewall but allows almost all Internet applications to function Click the Apply button Your set
311. the Internet Connection on page 278 Manually Set Up a VDSL Internet Connection You can view or change the modem router s VDSL Internet connection settings manually The following sections describe the options that are available to you to manually set up the VDSL Internet connection e Specify a VDSL Connection Without a Login Requirement on page 57 e Specify a VDSL Connection with a Login Requirement and PPPoE Service on page 61 Note Some ISPs require that you register on their website before you can obtain Internet service Follow the directions that your ISP gave you Specify a VDSL Connection Without a Login Requirement If you want to manually configure the VDSL connection settings use the information that your ISP gave you to connect to your Internet service If you cannot find this information contact your ISP Entering incorrect information might prevent the modem router from connecting to the Internet The modem router provides a virtual Internet interface and a virtual IPTV interface In most situations you only need to configure the Internet interface If you use an IPTV device you might also need to configure the IPTV interface Follow the directions that your ISP gave you Note If you must configure the IPTV interface first use the following procedure to configure the Internet interface Then repeat the procedure to configure the IPTV interface Manage the Internet Settings Manually 57 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL M
312. the Address Reservation Table table by selecting the corresponding radio button or specify the reserved IP address information e In the IP Address field enter the IP address to assign to the computer or device Choose an IP address from the modem router s LAN subnet such as 192 168 0 x e In the MAC Address field enter the MAC address of the computer or device e Inthe Device Name field enter the name of the computer or device 8 Click the Add button The reserved address is entered into the table on the LAN Setup page The reserved address is not assigned until the next time the computer or device contacts the modem router s DHCP server Reboot the computer or device or access its IP configuration and force a DHCP release and renew Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 209 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Change a Reserved IP Address You can change a reserved IP address entry To change a reserved IP address entry 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt LAN Setup The LAN Setup page displays In the Address Reservation section select the radio
313. the MAC Device List select the radio button next to the device that you want to remove Click the Delete button The device information is removed from the MAC Device List Note You cannot remove a device that was detected by the modem router and automatically added to the MAC Device List Change a Default or Custom QoS Rule You can change a default or custom QoS rule To change a default or custom QoS rule 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt QoS Setup Optimize Performance 149 10 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 aa v Setup internet Setup oji meiner aa tetra ai Pee see rest e WAN Setu LAN Setup eHe a a a a of e Netieeing f Hon Netieetng Aepicatons ofe coem nm OO ooge Taon daaa aa a es __ Toep KC EA D E E KA L ee E a Pee are fna o Heo a K a nteatons a Select the radio button next to the QoS policy that you want to view or change Scroll down and click the Edit button The QoS Priority Rules page displays Change the policy settings F
314. the PIN number of the WiFi device Click the Next button For four minutes the modem router attempts to find the WiFi device that is the client that you want to join the modem router s main WiFi network During this time the WiFi LED on the front panel of the modem router blinks blue Within four minutes go to the WiFi device and use its WPS software to join the network without entering a password When the modem router establishes a WPS connection the WiFi LED lights solid blue and the Add WPS Client page displays a confirmation message To verify that the WiFi device is connected to the modem router s main WiFi network select BASIC gt Attached Device The WiFi device displays onscreen Manage the WiFi Network Settings 104 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Manage the Basic WiFi Settings and WiFi Security of the Guest Network A guest network allows visitors to use the Internet without using your WiFi security key By default the guest WiFi network is disabled You can enable and configure the guest WiFi network for each WiFi band 2 4 GHz b g n and 5 0 GHz a n ac Set Up and Enable a Guest Network The WiFi mode of the guest WiFi network depends on the WiFi mode of the main WiFi network For example if you configure the WiFi mode for the main WiFi network as Up to 54 Mbps in the 2 4 GHz band the guest WiFi network also functions in the Up to 54 Mbps mode in the 2 4 GHz band For information about co
315. the port scroll down to the Service Port field and type the port number that you want to use Note For information about configuring the type of access see Use VPN to Access Your Internet Service at Home on page 255 Click the Apply button Your changes are saved VPN is enabled in the modem router but you must install and set up OpenVPN software on your computer before you can use a VPN connection see Install OpenVPN Software on Your Computer on page 251 Install OpenVPN Software on Your Computer You must install this software on each computer that you plan to use for VPN connections to your modem router To install VPN client software 1 2 9 5 6 Visit openvpn net index php download community downloads html In the Windows Installer section of the page double click the openVPN instal1 xxx exe link Download the file To install the Open VPN software on your computer click the openVPN instal1 xxx exe file OpenVPN 2 3 2 1003 Setup Welcome to the OpenVPN 2 3 2 1003 Setup Wizard This wizard will guide you through the installation of OpenVPN an Open Source VPN package by James Yonan Note that the Windows version of OpenVPN will only run on Windows XP or higher Click the Next button Read the License Agreement and click the I Agree button Use VPN to Access Your Network 251 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 OpenVPN 2 3 2 1003 Setup Ee Choose Componen
316. times called a domain name You use the host name to access your network The modem router supports these accounts NETGEAR No IP and Dyn See Set Up and Manage Dynamic DNS on page 174 If your Internet service provider ISP assigned a static WAN IP address such as 50 196 x x or 10 x x x that never changes to your Internet account the VPN can use that IP address to connect to your home network Specify VPN Service in the Modem Router You must specify the VPN service settings in the modem router before you can use a VPN connection gt To specify the VPN service 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt VPN Service The VPN Service page displays 6 Select the Enable VPN Service check box Use VPN to Access Your Network 250 Vv AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 By default the VPN uses the UDP service type and uses port 12974 If you want to customize the service type and port NETGEAR recommends that you change these settings before you install the OpenVPN software To change the service type scroll down and select the TCP radio button To change
317. tings are saved Manage the WAN and LAN Network Settings 204 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Manage the SIP Application Level Gateway The application level gateway ALG for the Session Initiation Protocol SIP is enabled by default for enhanced address and port translation However some types of VoIP and video traffic might not work well when the SIP ALG is enabled For this reason the modem router provides the option to disable the SIP ALG To disable the default SIP ALG 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt WAN Setup The WAN Setup page displays 6 Select the Disable SIP ALG check box The SIP ALG is enabled by default 7 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Manage the Modem Router s LAN IP Address Settings The modem router is preconfigured to use private IP addresses on the LAN side and to act as a DHCP server The modem router s default LAN IP configuration is as follows e LAN IP address 192 168 0 1 This is the same as www routerlogin net and www routerlogin com e Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 These addresses are part of
318. tings page Enter the settings as described in the following table Except for the description of 20 40 MHz coexistence the descriptions in the table not the settings onscreen apply to both the Advanced Wireless Settings 2 4GHz b g n section and the Advanced Wireless Settings 5GHz 802 11a n ac section Field Description Enable 20 40 MHz By default 20 40 MHz coexistence is enabled to prevent interference between WiFi Coexistence networks in your environment at the expense of the WiFi speed If no other WiFi networks are present in your environment you can clear the Enable 20 40 MHz Coexistence check box to increase the WiFi speed to the maximum supported speed Note 20 40 MHz coexistence applies to the 2 4 GHz band only Manage the WiFi Network Settings 116 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Field Description Fragmentation Length 256 2346 The fragmentation length the default is 2346 CTS RTS threshold the default is 2347 and the preamble mode the default is Long Preamble are reserved for WiFi CTS RTS Threshold testing and advanced configuration only Do not change these settings unless 1 2347 directed by NETGEAR support or unless you are sure what the consequences are gt Incorrect settings might disable the WiFi function of the modem router unexpectedly Preamble Mode 7 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Use the Modem
319. tion Type menu select Fixed Manage the Internet Settings Manually 80 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 on ADVANCED Home ee xece WPS Wizard Internet Connection Type Setup USB Functions WAN Setup IPv6 Address Prefix Length Security Administration Default IPv6 Gateway vAdvanced Setup J Primary DNS Wireless Settings Wireless AP Port Forwarding Port Triggering Dynamic DNS VPN Service LAN Setup Static Routes IP Address Assignment Remote Management Use DHCP Server UPnP Secondary DNS Auto Config IPv6 Address Prefix Length Traffic Meter L 3 L USB Settings Device Mode Configure the fixed IPv6 addresses for the WAN connection e IPv6 Address Prefix Length The IPv6 address and prefix length of the modem router WAN interface that your ISP provided to you e Default IPv6 Gateway The IPv6 address of the default IPv6 gateway for the modem router s WAN interface that your ISP provided to you e Primary DNS The primary DNS server that resolves IPv6 domain name records for the modem router that your ISP provided to you e Secondary DNS The secondary DNS server that resolves IPv6 domain name records for the modem router that your ISP provided to you Note If you do not specify the DNS servers the modem router uses the DNS servers that are configured for the IPv4 Internet connection on the Internet Setup page see Manually Set Up an ADSL Internet Connection on page
320. tp www routerlogin net Manage the WiFi Network Settings 115 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Wireless Settings Lo ADVANCED Home WPS Wizard gt Setup Advanced Wireless Settings 2 4GHz b g n lv i i gt USB Functions Enable Wireless Router Radio V Enable 20 40 MHz Coexistence Fragmentation Length 256 2346 2346 gt Administration CTS RTS Threshold 1 2347 gt Security 2347 Long Preamble v vAdvanced Setup Preamble Mode E Tum off wireless signal edul Wireless Settings umn off wireless signal by schedule The wireless signal is scheduled to turn off during the following time period Port Forwarding Port Dynamic DNS VPN Service Static Routes aenta Menement Fragmentation Length 256 2346 2346 IPv6 CTSI RTS Threshold 1 2347 2347 Traffic Meter Preamble Mode USB Settings Device Mode Advanced Wireless Settings 5GHz a n ac V Enable Wireless Router Radio LongPreamble v Turn off wireless signal by schedule The wireless signal is scheduled to turn off during the following time period eera son a OOO emee OE B EB The previous figure does not show the bottom of the Wireless Set
321. truction and network overhead lower actual data throughput rate and WiFi coverage NETGEAR makes no express or implied representations or warranties about this product s compatibility with any future standards AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Unpack Your Modem Router Your package contains the following items Modem router Phone cable a Power adapter DSL or ADSL filter varies by region varies by region Figure 1 Package contents for the modem router Your package might contain more items The filter or phone cable provided depends on the region and in some locations a CD is included Hardware Overview of the Modem Router 10 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Front Panel with LEDs The modem router displays status LEDs on the front panel DSL LED Internet LED WiFi LED USB LED Figure 2 Modem router front panel view Hardware Overview of the Modem Router 11 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 The following table describes the LEDs from right to left and their behavior For information about how to troubleshoot with the LEDs see Troubleshoot with the LEDs on page 276 Table 1 LED descriptions LED Icon Description Power e Solid green The power is on and the modem router is functioning normally e Solid amber The modem router is booting After about one minute and 10 seconds the Power LED turns solid green If the LED does n
322. ttings are saved Click the Test button to test your Internet connection If the NETGEAR website does not display within one minute see Troubleshoot the Internet Connection on page 278 Manage the Internet Settings Manually 70 Vv AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Specify a Cable or Fiber Connection With a Login Requirement and PPPoE Service If you want to manually configure the cable or fiber connection settings use the information that your ISP gave you to log in and connect to your Internet service If you cannot find this information contact your ISP Entering incorrect information might prevent the modem router from connecting to the Internet The modem router provides a virtual Internet interface and a virtual IPTV interface In most situations you only need to configure the Internet interface If you use an IPTV device you might also need to configure the IPTV interface Follow the directions that your ISP gave you Note If you must configure the IPTV interface first use the following procedure to configure the Internet interface Then repeat the procedure to configure the IPTV interface To view or specify the settings for a cable or fiber Internet connection that requires a login and uses a PPPoE service 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the modem router user name and password
323. ty Enabled Modem router s PIN Enabled see the modem router s web pages path ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Wireless Settings Keep Existing Wireless Settings Enabled 1 Maximum WiFi signal rate derived from IEEE Standard 802 11 specifications Actual throughput can vary Network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic building materials and construction and network overhead lower actual data throughput rate Supplemental Information 287 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Technical Specifications Table 6 D6400 modem router specifications Feature Description Data and routing protocols TCP IP RIP 1 RIP 2 DHCP PPPoE PPTP Bigpond Dynamic DNS UPnP and SMB Power adapter e North America 120V 60 Hz input e UK Australia 240V 50 Hz input e Europe 230V 50 Hz input e All regions 12V 2 5 A output Dimensions Dimensions 191 mm x 198 5 mm x 65 mm 7 5 in x 7 8 in x 2 6 in Weight Weight 422 g 0 93 Ib Operating temperature 0 to 40 C 32 to 104 F Operating humidity 90 maximum relative humidity noncondensing Electromagnetic emissions e EN 55022 2010 AC 2011 Class B e CISPR 22 2008 Class B e AS NZS CISPR 22 2009 Amdt 1 2010 Class B LAN Four RJ 45 LAN ports supporting 10BASE T 100BASE TX and 1000BASE T WAN One RJ 45 Internet port supporting 10
324. u need only your DSL user name and password you do not need support Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 21 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Cable the Modem Router for DSL Service and Access the Modem Router The following figure shows the cabling of your modem router for DSL service Figure 6 Modem router cabling for DSL service To connect your modem router to a DSL service 1 2 3 Unplug your DSL modem s power leaving the DSL modem connected to the wall jack for your Internet service If your DSL modem includes a battery backup remove the battery Install an ADSL or DSL microfilter between the phone line and the phone The product package contains either an ADSL or a DSL microfilter Use a phone cable to connect the microfilter to the gray DSL port on the modem router The product package contains a phone cable If your DSL modem includes a battery backup reinsert the battery Plug in your DSL modem s power and turn on your DSL modem Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 22 10 11 12 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Connect the power adapter to the modem router and plug it into an electrical outlet Wait for the Power LED to light solid green which takes about one minute If the Power LED does not light press the Power On Off button Wait for the WiFi LED to light blue If the WiFi LED does not l
325. use to log in to the modem router with the user name admin The ideal password contains no dictionary words from any language and contains uppercase and lowercase letters numbers and symbols It can be up to 30 characters Note This admin password is not the password that you use for WiFi access The label on your modem router shows your unique WiFi network name SSID and password for WiFi access To change the password for the user name admin 1 2 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Install and Access the Modem Router and Its Network 37 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Select ADVANCED gt Administration gt Set Password Po ADVANCED Home Setup Wizard WPS Wizard Setup Old Password eovccece USB Functions Set Password Repeat New Password Security Enable Password Recovery v Administration Router Status Loas Attached Devices Backup Settings Set Password R E lat Advanced Setup Enter the old password Enter the new password twice Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Set Up Password Recovery NETGEAR recommends that you enable
326. uter stores the original information performs Network Address Translation NAT on the source address and port and sends this request message through the Internet to the IRC server 4 Noting your port triggering rule and observing the destination port number of 6667 your modem router creates another session entry to send any incoming port 113 traffic to your computer 5 The IRC server sends a return message to your modem router using the NAT assigned source port for example port 33333 as the destination port and the IRC server also sends an identify message to your modem router with destination port 113 6 When your modem router receives the incoming message to destination port 33333 it checks its session table to see if a session is active for port number 33333 Finding an active session the modem router restores the original address information replaced by NAT and sends this reply message to your computer 7 When your modem router receives the incoming message to destination port 113 it checks its session table and finds an active session for port 113 associated with your computer The modem router replaces the message s destination IP address with your computer s IP address and forwards the message to your computer 8 When you finish your chat session your modem router eventually senses a period of inactivity in the communications The modem router then removes the session information Manage Port Forwarding and Por
327. uter Model D6400 Field Description Security Options Profile If you want to change the WiFi security select one of the following WiFi security options for the 5 GHz band of the guest WiFi network None An open WiFi network that does not provide any security Any WiFi device can join the 5 GHz band of the guest WiFi network This is the default setting for the guest WiFi network WPA2 PSK AES WPA2 provides a secure and fast connection but some older WiFi devices do not detect WPA2 and support only WPA Select WPA2 to allow 802 11n devices to connect to the 5 GHz band of the guest WiFi network at the fastest speed If your network includes older devices that do not support WPA2 select WPA PSK TKIP WPA2 PSK AES security To use WPA2 security in the Passphrase field enter a phrase of 8 to 63 characters To join the 5 GHz band of the guest WiFi network a user must enter this passphrase WPA PSK TKIP WPA2 PSK AES This type of security enables WiFi devices that support either WPA or WPAZ to join the 5 GHz band of the guest WiFi network However WPA PSK TKIP is less secure than WPA2 PSK AES and limits the speed of WiFi devices to 54 Mbps To use WPA WPA2 security in the Passphrase field enter a phrase of 8 to 63 characters To join the 5 GHz band of the guest WiFi network a user must enter this passphrase Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Make sure that you can reconnect over
328. uter or WiFi device to match the current settings for your network Manage the WiFi Network Settings 99 Vv AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 e Does your WiFi device display as an attached device See View Devices Currently on the Network on page 237 If it does it is connected to the network e Are you using the correct network name SSID and password Configure WEP Legacy WiFi Security Wired Equivalent Privacy WEP security is a legacy authentication and data encryption mode that is superseded by WPA PSK and WPA2 PSK WEP limits the WiFi transmission speed to 54 Mbps the modem router is capable of speeds of up 300 Mbps Note WPS and WEP security cannot function together When you enable WEP security WPS is disabled Tip If you want to change the WiFi settings of the modem router s main network use a wired connection to avoid being disconnected when the new WiFi settings take effect To configure WEP security 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select Wireless The Wireless Setup page displays 6 From the Mode menu select Up to 54 Mbps The page adjusts to display t
329. uter supports beamforming even with devices that do not support beamforming The modem router supports implicit beamforming for both 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz devices which means that the modem router can provide beamforming benefits of better range and performance for all WiFi devices even older 802 11a b g n devices and not just the latest WiFi devices gt To enable implicit beamforming 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Advanced Setup gt Wireless Settings The Wireless Settings page displays 6 Scroll down to the very bottom of the page WPS Settings Routers PIN 77816801 Enable Routers PIN v To prevent PIN compromise auto disable the PIN after 3 failed PIN connections until router reboots In auto disabled mode routers WPS LED will keep blinking slowly v Keep Existing Wireless Settings 2 4GHz bigin Y Keep Existing Wireless Settings 5GHz a n ac Enable Implicit BEAMFORMING Boosts WiFi speed reliability amp range for all mobile devices 7 Select the Enable Implicit BEAMFORMING check box 8 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Optimize Perfo
330. v6 address If no address is acquired the field displays Not Available 7 In the 6rd Configuration section configure the 6rd settings 6rd Prefix Enter the IPv6 prefix that your ISP gave you 6rd Prefix Length Enter the IPv6 prefix length that your ISP gave you 6rd Border Relay Address Enter the border router s IPv4 address that your ISP gave you 6rd Address Mask Length Enter the IPv4 mask length that your ISP gave you 8 Select an IPv6 Domain Name Server DNS Address radio button Get Automatically from ISP The ISP s DHCP server automatically assigns IPv6 DNS server addresses Use These DNS Servers Enter the static IPv6 not IPv4 DNS server addresses that your ISP provided to you 9 Select an IP Address Assignment radio button Use DHCP Server The modem router assigns IPv6 addresses to the devices on your home network the LAN through a DHCP server This method passes more information to LAN devices but some IPv6 systems might not support the DHCPv 6 client function This is the default setting Auto Config The modem router automatically configures its IPv6 address based on the IPv6 protocol Manage the Internet Settings Manually 89 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 10 To specify the interface ID for the IPv6 address of the modem router s LAN interface select the Use This Interface ID check box and enter the interface ID If you do not specify an ID here the modem router gen
331. value of 1500 until the problem goes away The following table describes common MTU sizes and applications Manage the Internet Settings Manually 90 Vv AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Table 3 Common MTU sizes MTU Application 1500 The largest Ethernet packet size This setting is typical for connections that do not use PPPoE or VPN and is the default value for NETGEAR modem routers adapters and switches 1492 Used in PPPoE environments 1472 Maximum size to use for pinging Larger packets are fragmented 1468 Used in some DHCP environments 1460 Usable by AOL if you do not send or receive large email attachments for example 1436 Used in PPTP environments or with VPN 1400 Maximum size for AOL DSL Change the MTU Size A WARNING An incorrect MTU setting can cause Internet communication problems For example you might not be able to access certain websites frames within websites secure login pages or FTP or POP servers Change the MTU only if you are sure that it is necessary for your ISP connection To change the MTU size 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the modem router user name and password The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BAS
332. vices that are connected to the network and list the MAC addresses of devices that were connected to the network Each network device owns a MAC address which is a unique 12 character physical address containing the hexadecimal characters 0 9 a f or A F uppercase or lowercase only and separated by colons for example 00 09 AB CD EF 01 Typically the MAC address is on the label of the WiFi card or network interface device If you cannot see the label you can display the MAC address using the network configuration utilities of the computer You might also find the MAC addresses through the web management interface of the modem router see View Devices Currently on the Network on page 237 Add Devices to or Remove Them from the Allowed List If you set up an access list that blocks all new devices from accessing your network you must specify which devices are allowed to access your network gt To add or remove devices that are allowed 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens 3 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Control Access to the Internet 123 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Security gt Access Control
333. want and click the Next button The Setup is complete page displays 12 Click the Take me to the status screen button The Status page displays Parental Controls are now set up for the modem router 13 To enable Parental Controls click the Enable Live Parental Controls button Allow or Block Access to Your Network You can use access control to block or allow access of devices to your network You define access by selecting or specifying the MAC addresses of the wired and WiFi devices that can either access your entire network or are blocked from accessing your entire network Enable and Manage Network Access Control When you enable access control you must select whether new devices are allowed to access the network or blocked from accessing the network By default currently connected devices are allowed to access the network but you can also block these devices from accessing the network gt To set up network access control 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net Control Access to the Internet 121 A login window opens AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Security gt Access Contr
334. warding and Port Triggering 264 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 3 Optional Register a host name with a Dynamic DNS service and specify that name on the Dynamic DNS page of the modem router Dynamic DNS makes it much easier to access a server from the Internet because you can enter the name in the web browser Otherwise you must know the IP address that the ISP assigned which typically changes How the Modem Router Implements the Port Forwarding Rule The following sequence shows the effects of a port forwarding rule 1 When you enter the URL www example com in your browser the browser sends a web page request message with the following destination information e Destination address The IP address of www example com which is the address of your modem router e Destination port number 80 which is the standard port number for a web server process 2 The modem router receives the message and finds your port forwarding rule for incoming port 80 traffic 3 The modem router changes the destination in the message to IP address 192 168 1 123 and sends the message to that computer 4 Your web server at IP address 192 168 1 123 receives the request and sends a reply message to your modem router 5 Your modem router performs Network Address Translation NAT on the source IP address and sends the reply through the Internet to the computer or WiFi device that sent the web page request Manage Port Triggering
335. word The user name and password are case sensitive 4 Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays 5 Select ADVANCED gt Security gt Block Services a ADVANCED Home BIOCK Se ces ee WPS Wizard Setup Services Blocking Never gt USB Functions Per Schedule v Security Always Parental Controls Service Table Access Control Block Sites Oder sevem n U P Schedule EZB EB EB E mail Administration Advanced Setup 6 In the Service Blocking section specify how the modem router applies outbound rules e Per Schedule The modem router applies outbound rules according to a schedule that you set For more information see Set Up a Schedule for Keyword Blocking and Outbound Firewall Rules on page 136 e Always The modem router applies outbound rules continuously 7 Below the Service Table click the Add button EID ECEB Service Type User Defined Protocol TCP Starting Port 1 65535 Ending Port 1 65535 Serice Type User Defined Filter Services For Only This IP Address IP Address Range All IP Addresses 8 From the Service Type menu select service or application to be covered by this rule Control Access to the Internet 131 Vv 9 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 If the service or application does not display in the list you can add it see Add an Outbound Firewall Rule for a Custom Service or Application on page 132 Specify w
336. xample Port Triggering for Internet Relay Chat 272 Chapter 15 Troubleshooting Quick Nips for IroubleshoOoting 25 lt es 2gedeinadsuebeasagosdensoncaeen 275 Troubleshoot With the WEDS 2 04ct020c20eacddadens babedeeagad sean 276 Power LED Remains Solid Amber 0 cece e etter eee eee 276 POWERED ISOGK lt c9 9 4 406 0d ccegay epee de 44 40 4555 E EET S 277 WIR LEDS Off ssc tess oes dxaas grondin E E REAREA 277 You Cannot Log In to the Modem Router 0c eee eee eee 277 Troubleshoot the Internet Connection 0 0 e eee eee eee 278 Troubleshoot the DSL Link 0 0c06 04904 4505095085 5456049 00 00 278 nternet WED ISTO GE 5 a a s i a 5 tlecde snd doedercant anette avele aie da dig Dab EE EEEE 279 Obtain an Internet IP Address 0 0 eee eee ees 279 Troubleshoot PPPOE or PPPOAs 353 5352cseceradeeeenyyeseneeesce sass 280 Troubleshoot Internet Browsing 0 cece eee eee eee eee 281 Changes Are Not Saved 5 csc cctvcroseredre widen eee es ana tartan eames 282 Troubleshoot the WiFi COnneCtiVity lt 1s sical winviiauausuredorasoa cd ces 282 Troubleshoot Your Network Using the Ping Utility 0 283 Test the LAN Path to Your Modem Router 000s eee e eee eee 283 Test the Path from Your Computer to a Remote Device 284 Appendix A Supplemental Information Factory SCEEINGS i ccscin der ta dae gt inch pat gg doenand trd bre kes
337. y a In the Passphrase field enter a passphrase b Click the Generate button For 64 bit WEP four different WEP keys are generated and the four key fields are populated with different WEP keys For 128 bit WEP only one WEP key is generated and the four key fields are populated with the same WEP key c Specify the active key by selecting the Key 1 Key 2 Key 3 or Key 4 radio button Only one key can be the active key To join the guest WiFi network a user must enter the key value for the key that you specified as the active key 10 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved Control the WiFi Radios gt The modem router provides internal WiFi radios that broadcast signals in the 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz ranges By default they are on so that you can connect over WiFi to the modem router When the WiFi radios are off you can still use an Ethernet cable for a LAN connection to the modem router You can turn the WiFi radios on and off with the WiFi On Off button on the modem router or you can log in to the modem router and enable or disable the WiFi radios through the web management interface If you are close to the modem router it might be easier to press the WiFi On Off button If you are away from the modem router or already logged in it might be easier to enable or disable the radios through the web management interface You can also turn the WiFi radios off and on based on a schedule See Set Up a WiFi Schedule on page
338. y e To allow access from a single IP address on the Internet select the Only This Computer radio button Enter the IP address to be allowed access e To allow access from a range of IP addresses on the Internet select the IP Address Range radio button Enter a beginning and ending IP address to define the allowed range e To allow access from any IP address on the Internet select the Everyone radio button This radio button is selected by default 8 Specify the port number for accessing the web management interface The default port number is 8443 which is a common alternate for HTTPS For greater security enter a custom port number for the remote web management interface Choose a number from 1024 to 65535 but do not use the number of any common service port 9 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved gt To use remote access 1 Launch a web browser on a computer that is not on your home network 2 Enter your modem router s WAN IP address into your browser s address or location field followed by a colon and the custom port number For example if your external address is 100 168 110 147 and you use port number 8443 enter https 100 168 110 147 8443 in your browser Remotely Access the Modem Router Using the genie App The genie app allows you to remotely access the modem router and change its key settings using the genie app that is installed on a computer or mobile device Before you can use the remot
339. y in the MAC Device List click the Refresh button If it still does not display complete the QoS Policy for MAC Address and Device Name fields manually 12 From the Priority menu select the priority Highest High Normal or Low that must be assigned to the MAC address 13 Click the Apply button Your settings are saved The new rule is added to the table on the QoS Priority Rule list page However if you restart the modem router the QoS rule is lost 14 On the QoS Priority Rule list page click the Apply button Your settings are saved and the new QoS rule remains available after you restart the modem router Change a MAC Address for a QoS Rule gt To change a MAC address on the MAC Device List for QoS rules 1 Launch a web browser from a computer or WiFi device that is connected to the network 2 Type http www routerlogin net A login window opens Optimize Performance 147 10 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Enter the user name and password for the modem router The user name is admin The default password is password The user name and password are case sensitive Click the OK button The BASIC Home page displays Select ADVANCED gt Setup gt QoS Setup The QoS Setup page displays Click the Set Up QoS Rule button The QoS Priority Rule list page displays Scroll down and click the Add Priority Rule button The QoS Priority Rules page displays From the Priority Cate
340. y the DNS address Alternatively you can configure your computer manually with DNS addresses as explained in your operating system documentation The modem router might not be configured as the TCP IP router on your computer For information about TCP IP problems see Troubleshoot Your Network Using the Ping Utility on page 283 If your computer obtains its information from the modem router by DHCP reboot the computer and verify the modem router address Changes Are Not Saved If the modem router does not save the changes that you make on the modem router s web pages do the following When entering configuration settings always click the Apply button before moving to another page or tab or your changes are lost Click the Refresh or Reload button in the web browser It is possible that the changes occurred but that the old settings remain in the web browser s cache Troubleshoot the WiFi Connectivity If you are experiencing trouble connecting over WiFi to the modem router try to isolate the problem Make sure that the WiFi settings in your WiFi device and modem router match exactly For a device that is connected over WiFi the WiFi network name SSID and WiFi security settings of the modem router and WiFi computer must match exactly The default SSID and password are on the product label see Bottom Panel Product Label on page 15 Does the WiFi device that you are using find your WiFi network If not check the WiFi
341. z band operates for both the main network and the guest network Manage the Modem Router and Monitor the Traffic 228 AC1600 WiFi VDSL ADSL Modem Router Model D6400 Field Description Wireless AP Displays whether the 2 4 GHz band of the main network is enabled If the 2 4 GHz band is disabled but the 5 GHz band is enabled the WiFi LED on the front of the modem router lights blue If both radios are off the WiFi LED is off Broadcast Name Displays whether the 2 4 GHz band of the main network broadcasts its SSID Wi Fi Protected Setup Displays whether the modem router keeps its existing WiFi settings when you use WPS to connect a device to the 2 4 GHz band of the main network e Configured The modem router keeps its existing WiFi settings This is the default setting e Not configured The modem router generates a random SSID and passphrase and changes the security mode to WPA WPA2 PSK mixed mode For more information see Manage the WPS Settings on page 114 Wireless Settings 5GHz The settings of the WiFi port for the 5 GHz band of the main network For information about how to configure the settings of the main network see Manage the Basic WiFi Settings and WiFi Security of the Main Network on page 93 Control the WiFi Radios on page 110 and Manage Advanced WiFi Features on page 115 Name SSID The WiFi network name for the 5 GHz band of the main network Region

User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents